Quarterlytics / Technology / Software - Application / Tribal Group plc

Tribal Group plc

trb.l · LSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker trb.l
Exchange LSE
Sector Technology
Industry Software - Application
Employees 867
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Tribal Group plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report  
& Accounts 2022

Empowering the 
world of education

2022

T

r

i

b

a

l

g

r

o

u

p

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

&

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our Purpose: 

TO ENABLE STUDENT 
SUCCESS THROUGH 
EXPERTISE, SOFTWARE 
AND SERVICES.

Our Vision: 
To empower the world of education. 
We strive to research, develop and 
deliver the products, services and 
solutions needed by education 
institutes across the world to support 
their primary goals of educating 
students, providing optimum learning 
experiences and ultimately delivering 
successful outcomes. 

Our Goal: 
To be a pure-play Education 
Technology SaaS company,  
expanding to a global reach  
as the market leader.

Overview

01  Financial and Operational Highlights

30   Environmental, Social and Governance 

Report

36   Principal Risks and Uncertainties

Strategic Report

02  Our Business Model 
04   Student Marketing & Recruitment Case 

Study

06  Chairman's Statement
08  Our Opportunity
09  Tribal's Product Strategy
10  Chief Executive’s Review
 Semestry Case Study
16 
18  Financial Review 
26  Stakeholder Engagement
28   Q&A with Management

Governance

38  Board of Directors
40  Executive Committee 
42  Corporate Governance Statement
46  Audit Committee Report
48   Nomination Committee Report
49  Remuneration Committee Report
54  Directors’ Report 
57 

 Independent Auditor’s Report 

Financial Statements

68   Consolidated Income Statement

69 

 Consolidated Statement of  
Comprehensive Income
70   Consolidated Balance Sheet
72 

 Consolidated Statement of Changes in 
Equity

73  Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
74  Notes to the Financial Statements
116  Company only Balance Sheet
117 

 Company only Statement of Changes in 
Equity

118  Notes to the Company Balance Sheet

Company Information 

124  Company Information

Highlights

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Financial Performance

Revenue

£83.6m

Gross Profit Margin

37.5%

Adjusted Earnings per Share1 

0.6p

*2021 restated

2022

2021

£83.6m

£81.1m

2022

2021

37.5%

2022 0.6p

51.5%

2021

5.6p*

Adjusted Operating Profit (EBITDA)1,2

Adjusted Operating Margin (EBITDA)1

Statutory Earnings Per Share

£7.4m

8.9%

(0.2)p

*2021 restated

2022

£7.4m

2021

£16.6m

2022

2021

8.9%

(0.2)p

2022

20.5%

2021

3.3p

Statutory Operating Margin

Statutory (Loss)/Profit After Tax

1%

£(0.5)m

2022

1%

£(0.5)m

2022

2021

11.0%

2021

£7.0m

Operational Performance

£51.2m 

£172.9m 

£102.0k

Annual Recurring Revenue3

Committed Income (Order Book)4

Revenue per Operational FTE5

2021: £50.3m

2021: £172.5m

2021: £100.1k

89% 

£(5.3)m

Operating Cash Conversion6

Free Cash Flow

2021: 104%

2021: £5.4m

1.	 	Adjusted	Operating	Profit	and	Adjusted	Operating	Margin	are	in	respect	of	continuing	operations	and	exclude	charges	reported	in	“Other	items”	of	£3.8m	(2021:	£5.4m),

refer to Note 6 in the Financial Statements.

2.	 	EBITDA	is	calculated	by	taking	the	Adjusted	Operating	Profit	after	the	allocation	of	Central	Overheads	and	excludes	Interest,	Tax,	Depreciation	and	Amortisation.	

3.	 	Annual	Recurring	Revenue	is	defined	as	the	Software-related	Support	and	Maintenance	fees	recurring	Cloud	Services	together	with	Subscription	License	fees.

4.   Committed Income (Order Book) refers to the Total Contract Value of booked sales orders which have not yet been delivered (including two years Support and 

Maintenance, where it is contracted on an annual recurring basis).

5.   Revenue per Operational FTE is the average FTE for the year excluding average FTE associated with capitalised Product Development. In 2022 152.29 FTE were 

capitalised (2021: 126.1).

6	

	Operating	cash	conversion	is	calculated	as	net	cash	from	operating	activities	before	tax,	excluding	the	cash	outflow	of	£1.2m	(2021:	£1.7m)	on	the	Veritas	programme	
and	£0.6m	(2021:	£nil)	of	redundancy	payments	as	a	proportion	of	adjusted	operating	profit	(EBITDA)	excluding	the	onerous	contract	provision	of	£4.5m	(2021:	£nil).

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

01

	
Our Business Model

MARKET-LEADING STUDENT 
INFORMATION SOLUTIONS

OUR RESOURCES

OUR SOFTWARE

Leading market share for  
Student Information Systems

Trusted brand respected in  
education worldwide

Education services capability  
complementing student  
information software

Market insight from long- 
standing customer relationships

Experienced leadership bringing  
clear business focus

Skilled people with  
deep domain expertise

Culture that places customers  
at the heart of what we do

Our cloud-based and on-premise student information 
solutions add value to education and business 
organisations throughout the student life cycle. 

Our modules span:

Marketing & 
Recruitment

Student 
Support & 
Wellbeing

Enrolment

Admissions

Assessments  
&  
Examinations

Business 
Engagement

Graduation 
& Alumni 
Engagement

Learning & 
Studying

Customers pay for Software as a Service (SaaS);  
cloud services; or for licence, implementation,  
Support and Maintenance.

UNDERPINNING HOW 
WE OPERATE

Our values  
See page 34

2

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

We provide market-leading, cloud-based, student 
information software and services to customers in target 
markets across the world, using our resources and expertise 
to create value that is shared with our stakeholders. 
We empower education institutes to educate students, 
providing optimum learning experiences and ultimately 
delivering successful outcomes.

OUR EDUCATION SERVICES

GENERATING RETURNS AND ADDED  
VALUE FOR ALL OF OUR STAKEHOLDERS:

Our education services are offered 
internationally and cover institutions from Early 
Years through to Higher Education, all focused 
on improving learning and student outcomes.

Quality Mark

Early Years 
& School 
Inspections

Self 
Assessment 
& Review

Student 
Experience 
Barometer

School 
Improvement

Destination 
of Leavers 
Surveys

Operational 
Benchmarking

Professional 
Learning

Customers
Solutions to enable managers to enhance 
the quality of education and improve 
operational performance, to attract, 
engage and retain students throughout 
their learning journeys in a cost-effective 
and flexible manner.

Students
Supporting a student’s life-long learning 
journey, through enhanced wellbeing, 
enriched experience beyond the 
academic curriculum, and seamless 
interaction with different learning 
channels (physical and virtual).

Shareholders
Shareholder value and returns from 
profitable, cash-generative growth with a 
high proportion of recurring revenue and 
progressive dividends.

Employees
Interesting and rewarding careers, with 
the opportunity to work with the leading  
educational institutes across the globe.

Government agencies /  
education funders
Independent quality assurance services 
supporting the development of top-class 
education provision.

Risk management  
See page 36

Corporate responsibility  
See page 30

How we maximise value creation

Our	strategy	for	profitable	growth	is	outlined	on	page 8

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

3

Case study

ROBUST

AND ADAPTABLE 
PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

University of Waikato uses Tribal’s 
Student Marketing & Recruitment 
Solution to drive efficiency and 
transparency through their marketing  
and recruitment process, increasing 
student engagement and conversation.

The organisation:
The University of Waikato delivers a world-class education and 
research portfolio. With around 13,000 students and 1,500 staff, 
the institution has campuses based in Hamilton and Tauranga 
and has a joint institute with Zhejiang University City College in 
Hangzhou, China. University of Waikato has been a Tribal customer 
since 2017 and has been using Tribal’s market-leading student 
management system, SITS:Vision. In 2022 it implemented Tribal’s 
Student Marketing & Recruitment Solution.

The challenge:
The university has traditionally managed several disparate systems for 
outreach, marketing enquiries and event management. This resulted 
in an opaque view of an individual’s student journey interaction  
as well as slow and manual processes for university administrators. 
The organisation increasingly required a solution to ensure that 
students receive accurate information at just the right points in their 
application and enrolment journey – aiming to increase enquirer-to-
applicant conversions from recruitment campaigns.

Investor angle

•  Up-sell to existing customer base

•  Opportunity to attract new  customers

• 

Leading to growth in ARR

4

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

The solution: 
Following a market review, the university 
selected the Tribal Student Marketing & 
Recruitment solution based on several 
key factors including its ability for 
rapid deployment, strong customer 
references, a large installed user 
base and ease of integration into the 
university’s student management 
system, SITS:Vision. 

The Student Marketing & Recruitment 
solution provides a full 360-degree view 
of the student, delivering recruitment 
marketing campaigns and event 
management across email, text, social 
media and web channels. In addition, 
the reporting delivers insights that 
allow the organisation to develop and 
monitor key performance indicators and 
drive	efficiency	and	effectiveness	in	its	
recruitment and support functions. 

The result:
Tribal Student Marketing & Recruitment 
creates exceptional experiences 
to nurture demand, personalise 
interactions, and build future student 
relationships by providing university  
staff with the tools to meet recruitment 
targets in a competitive landscape.

Tricia Finn, Deputy Director, Business 
Process and Change, University of 
Waikato, shared,	“Tribal’s	SITS:Vision	and	
Student Marketing and Recruitment offer 
just huge potential around business 
process and improvement. The visibility 
of the dashboards and the views is really 
helpful for both operational contexts in 
terms of managers managing their team’s 
work, but also in the strategic sense of 
you	know	what’s	helping	with	conversion.”

Mike Calvert, Director of Student 
Services, University of Waikato, added, 
“In	my	role,	the	real	advantage	of	the	
Tribal solution was that it has given me 
some real data insight. It’s allowed me 
to understand in much more detail which 
components of the engagement that we 
have with students are most effective. 
Which ones seem to turn the dial in terms 
of converting a student from an enquirer 
to an applicant and from an applicant  
to ideally an enrolled student.”	

“The	fact	that	the	Tribal	solution	now	
brings together our engagement strategy 
into one solution means that we’ve 
undoubtedly realised some significant 
efficiencies, and that allows our teams 
to devote their time to the real value-
added work which are the personal  
touch and the engagement that we  
have	with	the	students.”

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

5

Chairman’s Statement

SIGNS OF
ONGOING
PROGRESS

Tribal’s performance this year has been 
dominated by our NTU contract, which was 
impacted by implementation delays due 
to changing scope and complexity. Lower 
recognisable revenue and increased costs 
led to short-term pressures on the business 
while the implementation phase was 
ongoing. The NTU contract has now been 
ended and both parties will participate in a 
mediation process in an attempt to achieve 
a resolution, but the timing and outcome of 
that process and any private negotiations  
to that end, is presently uncertain.

However, there have also been many signs 
of ongoing progress and the underlying 
performance of the business has been 
good. Sales performance has been 
robust, our customer base has grown, 

we have seen several large customer 
implementations successfully go-live, our 
product development efforts have continued 
to augment our product set and we have 
focused our sales and marketing strategy. 
The success of these efforts can be seen in 
the 10% growth in Annual Recurring Revenue 
(ARR) relating to the Group’s core products.

Tribal	is	financially	solid,	core	ARR	continues	
to grow and net retention rates remain high. 
Education Services has also had a strong 
year, recovering strongly from the pandemic 
and is well set for a year of growth in 2023.

We see an increasing appetite from the 
higher education sector to transition their 
existing Student Information Systems 
to the cloud and anticipate this to be the 
main driver for uptake of our current range 

offerings over the next 3-5 years as well 
as our existing core SITS:Vision offering, 
which continues to sell well. The Board has 
therefore decided to continue to invest 
and focus on sales and marketing of our 
existing mature products and the Edge 
products recently released or currently in 
development, but to pause investment in 
new, additional modules for the time being. 
Further details of this will be in covered in 
the CEO statement. Given the challenges 
seen in 2022, we will temporarily pause 
exploring M&A opportunities.

With competition amongst universities 
continuing to increase we anticipate the 
Admissions product, which considerably 
streamlines and improves the Admissions 
process for both the institution and 
prospective students, will be a long-term 

6

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

uncertainties around the resolution of the 
NTU contract outlined above, the Board 
have concluded that it would be prudent 
to	reduce	the	final	dividend	by	50%	to	
0.65p per share. It is the Board’s intention 
to return to its former policy of dividend 
progression when circumstances allow.

Environment, Social and 
Governance (ESG)
Tribal is committed to activities that 
benefit	the	environment	and	society,	
underpinned by good governance. As 
part of our journey to continually improve 
our approach and performance in these 
areas, the ESG Committee, chaired by 
Non-Executive Director, Nigel Halkes, 
focuses on six priority focus areas for 
the Group, each with key initiatives and 
objectives for the year and appropriate 
ownership from across our Executive 
Management Team. We have made good 
progress on many of these programmes 
and have set new objectives for 2023, we 
are committed to their sustained delivery 
and will continue to build on our activities 
in 2023 and beyond. You can read a full 
report on these priority areas within the 
ESG section of the Annual Report.

People
In the year we have continued to invest in 
our teams, in particular we have bolstered 
our executive team, with three refocused 
roles covering Service Delivery, Customer 
Success and Sales. Creating unity 
through the organisation and providing a 
supportive	environment	for	all	to	flourish	
is a key strategic objective for Tribal and 
one in which we excel. I would like to thank 
all our teams around the world for their 
continued energy and commitment to 
providing world-class education software. 

Ukraine 
The Directors have considered the impact 
of the ongoing situation in Ukraine and 
have concluded there is currently minimal 
risk to business continuity as we do not 
have a presence in the region. The Group 
continues to support all colleagues who 
are	directly	impacted	by	the	conflict	and	
will monitor the situation closely.

Outlook
The market appetite for our leading 
solutions continues to be positive, and 
the demand for our extended portfolio 
of products from both existing and new 
customers	is	good.	As	previously	flagged,	
we anticipate growth rates to be lower 
initially, as new wins are offset by the 
tailing off of historic high margin contracts, 
but we believe the increased scalability 
and market applicability of our newer 
offerings mean we are well positioned to 
increase our growth rates over the medium 
term. The NTU contract has now been 
ended and both parties will participate 
in a mediation process, the timing and 
outcome of which is presently uncertain. 

The Board is cognisant of the challenging 
wider economic backdrop and in this type 
of	inflationary	environment	keen	cost	
control is imperative. The business is  
being	run	efficiently	and	effectively,	 
and	we	have	the	financial	resources	 
to execute on the growth strategy. 

Richard Last

Chairman 

growth	driver	for	Tribal.	The	first	customer	
for Tribal Admissions is set to go live in 2023.

Financial performance
Notwithstanding the costs relating to the 
NTU contract, Tribal has seen another year 
of progress against our key performance 
indicators.

Closing ARR committed as at 31 
December	2022	remained	flat	at	
£51.2m (2021: £51.2m constant 
currency) however, core ARR increased 
10% to £45.8m (2021: £41.7m 
constant	currency)	reflecting	the	
Group's momentum selling its strategic 
products, offset by declining revenues as 
anticipated from Tribal's non-core historic 
and schools' systems contracts and the 
termination of the NTU contract. Revenue 
for the year increased by 1.6% to £83.6m 
(2021: £82.2m constant currency) 
due to a solid performance across the 
Group’s Cloud and Edge offerings and 
School Inspection Services. Growth was 
significantly	impacted	by	the	delivery	
on the NTU contract resulting in lower 
recognisable revenue.

Group adjusted EBITDA of £7.4m (2021: 
£16.8m	constant	currency)	reflects	
operating losses relating to the NTU 
contract and an onerous contract 
provision of £4.5m for future losses. 
Without the impact of NTU, margins would 
have been consistent with historic levels.

Despite the lower EBITDA levels, the 
Group	saw	significant	growth	in	other	
areas of the business including Education 
Services which increased by 8.7% 
to £15.4m (2021: £14.2m constant 
currency) as the main UK contracts 
continued to track well throughout the 
year in addition to new contract wins in 
the Middle East. 

Dividend 
Tribal remains committed to a progressive 
dividend policy, however based on the 
performance in the year and having 
reviewed	the	Group’s	cash	flow	forecasts,	
specifically	with	regard	to	the	significant	

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

7

Our Opportunity

What is driving our business

UNIVERSITY CHALLENGE

UNIVERSITY SOLUTION

TRIBAL OPPORTUNITY

Legacy internal SMS unfit  
for purpose 

Public tender for cloud-based 
commercial SMS

Sell existing products delivered  
from Public Cloud

Legacy complexity / lack of agility  
/ security concerns

Leverage Public Cloud and  
managed services 

Improve Student Experience  
Improve internal efficiency

Digital transformation to deliver a 
compelling student experience

For more information 
See page 9

Tribal:Cloud: providing SIS  
as-a-service through the  
public cloud 

For more information 
See page 9

Tribal Edge: Cloud-native  
solutions adding value across  
a wider solution set 

For more information 
See page 9

Tribal's Growth Strategy

Tribal’s growth strategy will increase margins as we grow scale by focusing on the three areas below:

•  Expand customer share of wallet by upselling products to our existing customer base.

•  Expand addressable market by capitalising on our wider Edge product range.

•  Expand geographical reach by localising our existing products and utilising the capabilities of our Edge software.

EXPANDED CUSTOMER 
SHARE OF WALLET

EXPANDED 
ADDRESSABLE MARKET

EXPANDED 
GEOGRAPHICAL REACH

Organic Growth
•  Strong sales 

performance across our 
offerings

•  Continued high levels of 
customer retention

•  Strong pipeline of 

Tribal:Cloud Migrations

New Product Sales
•  Cross-sell of products 

into existing customers 
(e.g. Semestry/Eveoh)

•  Successful launch of 

• 

new products, e.g. Tribal 
Data Engine, bringing 
analytics capabilities to 
existing customers 

New Geographies
•  Semestry successfully 

sold across our global 
footprint

Increasing	confidence	
that Edge development 
will allow us to expand 
into new geographies

8

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Tribal's Product Strategy

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Tribal’s growth strategy will increase margins as we grow scale by focusing on the three areas below:

•  Expand customer share of wallet by upselling products to our existing customer base.

•  Expand addressable market by capitalising on our wider Edge product range.

•  Expand geographical reach by localising our existing products and utilising the capabilities of our Edge software. 

Edge ARR: Up 18%

TRIBAL EDGE

Tribal admissions 
Fully integrated, agile, 
and future ready 
admissions system

Tribal engage
The mobile app for education 
driving student community & 
engagement on and off campus

Semestry 
Course & Exam 
Scheduling with 
Student Timetabling

Support & wellbeing 
Underpinning a broad range 
of student support services, 
from simple questions to 
complex cases

Marketing & 
recruitment 
Attract, track and 
recruit students with 
engaging personalised 
experiences

Tribal data engine 
Migrate and Manage your student 
information system in the cloud. 

Cloud ARR: Up 23%

Foundation ARR: Up 5%

TRIBAL CLOUD

SITS

ebs

Maytas

Higher Education

Further Education

Vocational Learning

e
g
d
E

n
o
i
t
a
d
n
u
o
F

Innovating with our existing products 
•  We will continue to invest in our market-leading existing offerings, ensuring they stay up to date and are relevant for our 

existing user base 

•  We will continue to sell our existing products to new customers, offered ‘as-a-service' as standard, but available on-premise 

if demanded

Tribal Cloud: delivering our existing products 'as-a-service’ 
•  Deliver existing product suites as-a-service, and manage on behalf of our clients including all of their integrations with other 

IT products 

•  This will enable us to sell more to our existing customers, and help ensure our customers are prepared for the long-term 

move to Edge, our native cloud ecosystem of education technology modules

Edge – a modular, next-generation, cloud-native, Student Information product set
Create an expanded higher education ecosystem of next-generation modules to meet key areas of student experience and 
engagement with universities 

•  We have developed modular applications that are ‘best of breed’ products, able to be bought either with the Edge platform 

and other modules, or independently 

•  These are delivered entirely ‘as-a-service’, with no IT support required from the universities, freeing them to focus on the 

delivery of education services to their students

•  The modules have the ability to be easily translated into multiple languages, more quickly customisable to individual 

geographic needs and able to be delivered remotely – therefore providing an easier means to enter additional geographies

•  The modules will provide the opportunity for increased upsell to existing customers 

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

9

Chief Executive’s review

CONTINUED 
CLOUD
MOMENTUM

Introduction

NTU contract 

Tribal demonstrated solid progress in 
2022 in terms of sales performance and 
our transition to a SaaS business, whilst 
maintaining our market-leading position in 
our core geographies and supporting our 
growing customer base. The underlying 
business remains strong, with 10% high 
quality ARR growth from our strategic 
software business, Education Services 
revenue growing strongly at 9%, offset 
by expected declines in our non-core SIS 
business. However, the Group’s results 
this year have been overshadowed by our 
NTU contract. 

Tribal	received	notification	on	17	March	
2023 that NTU has purported to terminate 
the contract and reserved its rights to 
claim damages. Tribal rejects NTU’s right 
to terminate and considers its purported 
termination a wrongful repudiation of the 
contract. Tribal has however accepted 
NTU’s wrongful repudiation, elected to treat 
the contract as at an end and reserved its 
rights. The contract requires the parties 
to participate in mediation in an attempt 
to achieve a resolution, but the timing and 
outcome of that process and any private 
negotiations to that end is presently 

uncertain. It is possible that there may be a 
significant	adverse	financial	impact	on	the	
Group,	but	as	no	financial	demands	have	
yet been enumerated, currently the Board 
cannot fully assess any such potential 
impact. We do not expect a resolution in the 
near term and will provide updates as and 
when appropriate. 

Whilst EBITDA is lower than the prior year 
due to the impact of the NTU contract, 
revenue for the year was in line with 
the	Board’s	expectations	reflecting	the	
continued positive sales performance 
across the business.  

10

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

It is becoming increasingly clear that for 
many	universities,	their	first	step	to	the	
cloud is to transition their existing SIS 
into the cloud, so that they can reduce 
their	in-house	IT	requirements	and	benefit	
from the enhanced user experience 
provide by Tribal’s managed cloud service. 
We anticipate that this process of moving 
key student management systems to 
the cloud will be the main focus for our 
customers	over	the	next	three	to	five	
years, before then expanding into a 
greater number of next-generation, cloud-
native applications. 

Top	line	ARR	remained	flat,	the	addition	
of new customers in our core product set 
increased ARR by 10%, however this was 
offset by the reduction of revenue from 
historic Australian government contracts 
and non-core schools’ systems contracts 
in Australia and the termination of the 
NTU contract. We are pleased with the 
continued positive signs of potential and 
although it will take time for full adoption 
of our solutions by our customers due  
to the annual cycle of the academic year,  
we	remain	confident	in	the	significant	
long-term opportunities. 

This year’s successes included:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the winning of three SITS:Vision 
customers; 

the	transition	of	five	flagship	
customers into the Tribal:Cloud;

successful go-live of three Cloud 
implementations in the year;

the marketing launch of Tribal Data 
Engine; and 

continued sales momentum  
in Semestry. 

We	see	significant	opportunities	for	our	
core SITS:Vision and cloud-native Edge 
products in the next few years, across our 
key geographies and believe our teams 
are well placed to service the opportunity 
provided by this mass transition of 
universities to cloud-based computing. 

Delivering on our strategy

Our aim is to provide education 
technology solutions to customers 
globally, as-a-service. Transitioning to 
the delivery of a broader set of solutions, 
via the ‘as-a-service’ model will increase 
our addressable market across a greater 
number of geographies, drive revenue 
and margin expansion, while enabling 
universities to focus on the delivery of 
exceptional education to their students. 

To achieve this aim whilst growing ARR, we 
launched	our	five-year	objectives	in	2021	
which are supported by our three pillared 
growth strategy: 

•  expanding our share of customer 

wallet through sales of our existing 
offerings and transitioning customers 
to the Cloud; 

•  expanding our addressable market 
through product set expansion via 
both R&D and acquisition; and 

•  expanding our geographical reach. 

Whilst we have made solid progress 
across many of these areas during the 
year, due to the continued impact of the 
NTU contract, we will review the timelines 
around achievement of these objectives.

Expanding customer base

We achieved a consistent level of new 
wins in the year, adding new customers 
across our range of software in key 
geographies	and,	notably,	we	secured	five	
new contracts to migrate customers to 
Tribal:Cloud and three new SITS: Vision 
customers, adding a combined total of 
£2.6m to ARR. We are increasingly seeing 
the	benefits	of	the	investments	we	have	
made in the evolution and expansion of our 
offering, positioning Tribal at the forefront 
of the evolving education industry with the 
ability to address a broader market in a way 
not previously possible. 

We have carefully invested in our people 
and operations throughout the year 
as we evolve our operational model to 
ensure service levels are maintained 
for	long-term	profitable	growth	and	
remain robust. While the global macro-
economic environment continues to be 
challenging, our high levels of recurring 
revenues and consistent win rate provide 
us	with	confidence	that	we	can	meet	our	
ambitious growth aspirations. 

With student numbers continuing 
to increase both domestically and 
internationally, we anticipate the demand 
for our products will continue to grow, 
supporting our growth ambitions.

Market drivers and 
addressable opportunity

The education market globally continues 
to evolve as expected. It is becoming 
more	attuned	to	the	benefits	of	SaaS	and	
cloud offerings which present a supportive 
market backdrop for our business. 

Universities increasingly recognise the 
role the cloud can play in driving their 
own	internal	efficiencies	and	to	improve	
the overall student experience, so as to 
attract and retain the best talent over the 
long term. In recent years, universities 
have also witnessed a growing number 
of applicants; with the total number of 
student enrolments in the UK increasing 
by 13% since the 2019/20 academic year. 
This in turn has led to increased demand 
for our solutions as our suite of products 
help our customers to address and 
service this growing population at a faster 
rate than previously possible. 

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

11

Chief Executive’s review continued

During 2022 Semestry’s ARR has grown 
by more that 50%, increasing customer 
numbers and making good inroads into 
the UK market. We continue to develop 
new customer relationships globally and 
look for complementary partnerships and 
acquisitions, to accelerate our expansion.

2023 will focus on rebalancing our results 
from the impacts of the NTU contract 
and we will temporarily pause exploring 
investment opportunities to scale the 
business, either in new geographies or to 
expand our Edge family.

Our sales and marketing efforts will 
now be focused on our comprehensive 
portfolio of existing cloud-based offerings, 
being our foundation products, SITS, ebs 
and Maytas, in the Tribal:Cloud and our 
native-cloud based Edge modules, such 
as Semestry, Dynamics, Engage and Tribal 
Data Engine (TDE). We see substantial 
opportunities for these offerings across 
both existing and new customers.

Innovation

The higher education market is 
undergoing	significant	change.	Some	of	
the trends have been present for several 
years but the pandemic accelerated 
the speed of change in many areas. 
Innovation in higher education is not 
simply about new ways of working, to 
thrive, institutions must become better at 
adapting to change.

Through constant product and process 
innovation we’re helping institutions 
adapt to change. Removing systems 
friction and brittle processes to free 
people and resources to innovate and 
ensure service resilience in an ever-
changing landscape. This includes 
addressing:

• 

continuous changes in government 
policy;

•  demand	for	flexible	learning;

• 

• 

student fee pressures;

challenges of institutions achieving 
Net Zero;

• 

soaring number of applications; and

•  ongoing regulatory obligations.

Reduction in development spend 
of future modules
The Group is committed to product 
innovation and supporting our customers 
in their journey to the cloud. Given the 
generally slow-moving nature of the 
higher education market, we anticipate 
this	first	step	of	moving	to	the	cloud	 
will likely be the main area of focus for  
our customers for the next three to  
five	years,	before	then	expanding	into	 
a greater number of next-generation, 
cloud-native applications.

The Board has taken the decision to 
focus development spend in 2023 and 
2024 on our existing Edge products, such 
as Admissions and Tribal Data Engine. 
Development on Admissions is continuing 
with our pilot customers whilst we plan 
to build on our marketing campaign in 
advance of the 2024 academic year.

Overall, management is targeting a 
significant	reduction	in	Edge	development	
in 2023 as the peak of development 
investment on Admissions has passed. 

Increased speed of delivery 
and implementation

In addition to the development of new 
capabilities we also continuously seek 
ways to ensure our customers can 
implement and go live with our cloud 
products more quickly, through the 
introduction of more standardised 
offerings. We were delighted this year 
to see three of our cloud customers 
go live within the year, of which two 
were completed within seven months, 
demonstrating the successes being 
achieved.

Geographic expansion

We have leading market shares in the 
geographies in which we operate. In the 
UK over 65% of all Higher Education 
institutions use our student management 
systems, in Australia we support one-
quarter of universities, and in New 
Zealand three of the eight universities. In 
Southeast Asia, we support the largest 
public and largest private universities in 
Malaysia, and this year we have expanded 
further with new customer wins including 
Middlesex University in Dubai and 
Universiteit Leiden in The Netherlands. 
We will continue to focus on growth in 

these geographies and we anticipate 
our SaaS product offerings will allow us 
to expand further into new geographies, 
due to its more easily digestible modular 
approach. The knowledge gained from 
the experience of working on the NTU 
contract will be considered as we assess 
new markets, and in particular Singapore, 
to ensure an appropriate balance of risk 
and reward.

Operations and people

We have an exceptional team at Tribal 
creating value through market-leading 
technology and we are continually 
investing in our people agenda to enhance 
our position as a growing international 
business. We are driven by our purpose, 
to enable student success through 
expertise, software and services and we 
rely on the talent and expertise of our 
people for this purpose to succeed. Our 
team has a deep understanding of the 
education market, developed through 
working in partnership with our customers 
and operating in senior roles for leading 
education institutions.

The key initiatives enabling our people to 
develop their true potential includes our 
bespoke competency framework, which 
underpins a range of Career Pathways. 
Through this framework, we aim to help 
each employee understand how they can 
develop in their current role as well as plan 
for their future growth and development. 
We also run remote business 
development programmes focusing on 
the expansion of our Manager Academy. 
The Academy broadens the skills and 
commercial awareness of our leaders and 
future leaders and supports our Digital 
Learning strategy. 

Our evolving operational model, which 
is built upon our increasing focus on 
customer success and alignment 
to Tribal’s ‘as-a-service’ transition, 
started to prove effective this year. 
During the year, we made two executive 
hires focusing on Service Delivery and 
Customer Success. Paul Davies has 
been appointed as Global Professional 
Services	Director	and	Tawfiq	Sleett	as	
Global Customer Services Director. Both 
bring a wealth of experience from global 
SaaS providers, are focused on improving 
customer success and have been 
appointed to the Executive Board. The 

12

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

We continued to win new customers and 
transition existing customers onto our 
cloud offerings. 

Our wins in previous years and those in 
2022, mean we currently have several 
significant	SIS	implementations	
underway, the vast majority of which  
are progressing well.

In	the	year,	we	had	five	key	wins	with	
existing customers, University of 
Sunderland, Birmingham City University, 
University for the Creative Arts, 
University of Reading and University 
of East Anglia, to migrate their current 
Tribal Student Management Systems 
SITS:Vision to the Tribal:Cloud, providing 
an improved student experience and 
delivering	operational	efficiencies	for	
the universities. The contracts range 
from	three	to	five	years,	with	a	combined	
total contract value of £5m, generating 
incremental annual recurring revenues of 
£1.7m as well as providing an adoption 
pathway to our SaaS products, the 
Company's cloud-native offerings. 

In	addition,	we	signed	several	significant	
contracts with new customers 
including a seven-year contract with 
the University of Plymouth, a four-year 
Semestry contract with the University 
of	Birmingham	and	a	new	five-year	
SITS:Vision contract with the British 
University of Vietnam. Together, these 
contracts have a total value of £8.3m, 
adding £1.1m in incremental Annual 
Recurring Revenue. We continue to 
have positive conversations across our 
extensive customer base as they explore 
the	benefits	a	move	to	the	cloud	can	bring	
their	organisation	and	are	confident	of	
continued uptake. 

Executive Board was further supported 
by the appointment of Cheryl Watson as 
the Sales Director in order to focus on 
continued sales momentum. Cheryl has 
worked at Tribal for over ten years and has 
a wealth of experience of our customers 
and product offerings.

The new target operating model is 
also now being supported by the 
implementation	of	new	SaaS	financial	
systems and processes, intended to 
give our customers a more personalised 
experience and to maximise the value of 
each of the Group’s products. 

Professional Services includes the 
implementation of all our software 
products at customer sites, typically 
working alongside customer teams. It 
continues to be delivered remotely and 
the team has been bolstered by the Global 
Delivery Centre (GDC) in Kuala Lumpur, 
Malaysia which has performed strongly 
during the year. The GDC is now made up 
of around 30 employees and continues 
to grow; it is now at a level of maturity for 
the delivery of Tribal’s products.

The Tribal Education Services team 
comprises experts in education, quality 
assurance and programme management 
and has been reinvigorated with the 
appointment of Matt Davis, the new 
Managing Director of the division, 
in March 2022. Matt brings over 20 
years’ experience in the education 
sector, a decade of which was spent as 
regional director of a major competitor, 
responsible for the strategy and 
commercial growth of its UK business.

Student Information 
Systems (SIS)

Student Information Systems, our core 
segment which targets the further and 
higher education sectors through our 
range of software offerings, delivered a 
strong performance in the year, growing 
customer numbers and revenue and as 
a	result	entered	the	new	financial	year	
with a solid pipeline of opportunities. 

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

13

Chief Executive’s review continued

Notwithstanding the NTU contract, we 
are pleased overall with the positive 
signs of potential across Tribal’s key 
geographies, and although it will take time 
for full adoption of our solutions by our 
customers due to the annual cycle of the 
academic	year,	we	remain	confident	in	the	
significant	long-term	opportunities.

Education Services has continued 
to perform well throughout the year, 
delivering strong results. As educational 
institutions and organisations around 
the world saw a return to the classroom 
following the pandemic, demand for the 
Quality Assurance services ES provides 
has steadily increased. 

Education Services (ES) 

Tribal Education Services (ES) has been 
curating and delivering Quality Assurance 
services to ministries of education and 
other education agencies around the 
world for many years, across a wide scope 
of areas across the education sector. 
These services include overall school 
quality, leadership and teaching quality,  
as well as many specialist areas such as 
new teacher competence, Early Years, 
literacy and numeracy.

The appointment of Matt Davis as 
Managing Director of ES from March 2022, 
has seen the revision and implementation 
of a new three-year strategy for the 
business, targeting sustainable growth 
between FY23 - FY25. The strategy 
will initially focus on creating a clearer 
identity for Education Services within the 
Tribal group, and in particular articulating 
the value it creates for our customers: 
supporting governments and education 
institutions to deliver on their strategic 
ambitions to improve the quality and 
impact of education. 

Over the course of the year ES has 
delivered major Quality Assurance 
contracts to bodies in the UK, US and the 
Middle East, and has been working with 
hundreds of individual schools on our 
Quality Mark accreditation. At present, 
Tribal is running highly successful projects 
across its key geographies.

As previously reported, in the UK this year, 
we successfully tendered for renewals as 
prime contractor of two major contracts 
with the Department for Education (DfE) 
in England: NCETM (£8.7m over two years) 
and Quality Assurance of the National 
Professional	Qualifications	programme	
'NPQ', total contract value of £6.5m over 
four years. In July 2022 we successfully 
renewed a third major UK contract, the 
Advanced Maths Support Programme 
'AMSP' with a total contract value of 
£2.6m, and also won a two-year contract 
with the National Tutoring Programme 
'NTP', with a total contract value of 
£2.4m, securing our position with our key 
customer in the UK services market. 

During the second half, we successfully 
mobilised the National Tutoring 
Programme (NTP), meeting all contractual 
requirements and establishing important 
processes required to evaluate the quality 
of Tuition Partners in the UK. 

We have continued to win new contracts 
throughout the year with highlights 
including a contract to deliver inspections 
on behalf of the Sharjah Private Education 
Authority (SEPA) in the UAE and an 
extension to our work with the Gulf Sector 
Skills body. Trading in the Surveys and 
Benchmarking business was positive, with 
this sector now seeing a strong recovery 
since the pandemic, setting us up for a 
positive 2023. 

There is continuing opportunity in the 
Middle East, where the macro-economic 
environment is more positive and our 
core capabilities in understanding school 
quality, supporting improvement and 
helping teachers to improve; supporting 
the school to work transition, remain 
the key strategic interests of almost 
all education policy makers at any 
level. Building on momentum from the 
previous year and with a clear strategy 
now in place, the outlook for the division 
remains positive. 

14

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

in our ambition and ability to meet 
global demand and deliver on our growth 
strategy going forward.

Mark Pickett

Chief Executive Officer 

Environmental, Social and 
Governance (ESG)

Tribal is committed to activities that 
benefit	the	environment	and	society,	
underpinned by good governance. At 
the end of 2021, the ESG Committee 
identified	six	priority	focus	areas	for	
the Group, each with key initiatives and 
objectives for 2022 and appropriate 
ownership from across our Executive 
Management Team. The implementation 
of these initiatives was successful 
throughout 2022 and we will continue  
to build on our activities in 2023.

This year we worked within the Group’s 
risk management framework and using 
the Taskforce on Climate-related Financial 
Disclosure (TCFD) guidance have begun 
our impact assessment of risk and 
opportunities relating to the transition to 
a lower-carbon economy. In 2023 we will 
work towards implementing mitigating 
actions and applicable recommendations 
of TCFD in each of the four thematic 
areas; governance, strategy, risk 
management and targets and metrics. 

In 2023, our ESG journey will focus on 
what is most important for our business 
and how our ESG efforts can align with 
the commercial context, enable the 
achievement of organisational goals and 
provide a source of competitive advantage. 
In particular, it is important that we have 
an inclusive organisation where diverse 
talent is developed, engaged and retained 
to allow us to add value and grow as an 
international business.

2023 areas of focus 

The resolution of the NTU contract will 
continue to be a key area of focus during 
2023, given uncertainty on the outcome, 
timing	and	financial	impact.

Within our core business, we will focus on 
the transition of our existing customers to 
the Tribal:Cloud, the sale of further SaaS 
products	and	the	delivery	of	our	first	early	
adopter Admissions customers. We will also 
look to develop new customer relationships 
globally as well as partnerships to 
accelerate our future growth. 

Outlook

The Group has traded in line with Board 
expectations since the start of the new 
financial	year,	entering	2023	with	good	
sales momentum, signing a further three 
Tribal:Cloud contracts post year end, 
with a combined ARR of £1.1m. We have 
adjusted our capital investment plans, 
recognising the balance required between 
the execution of our growth strategy  
and recovery from the impact of the  
NTU contract. 

We believe the education market 
globally is becoming more attuned to 
the	benefits	of	SaaS	and	cloud	offerings	
which presents a supportive market 
backdrop for Tribal following its strategic 
investment into and development of 
cutting-edge technologies. We remain 
focused on delivering our key strategic 
priorities during 2023 and despite the 
setback	in	the	year,	we	remain	confident	

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

15

 
Case study

TIMETABLES THAT REACH 
AND SUPPORT NEW 
LEARNERS 

ARDEN UNIVERSITY  
DEPLOYS SEMESTRY 
SMART SCHEDULING 
SOLUTIONS

Investor Angle

•  Up-sell to existing customer base

•  Opportunity to attract new customers

• 

Leading to growth in ARR

Arden University provides the right schedule for everyone

The organisation:
Arden	University	has	a	proud	heritage	of	providing	flexible	
and accessible higher education. With study centres 
across the UK in Manchester, Birmingham, London, and 
Leeds, as well as in Berlin, Germany, Arden University 
provides hybrid academic excellence. Using blended 
learning, they give their students the best of both worlds: 
a mix of face-to-face teaching combined with high-quality 
digital content and online learning tools. And they do 
so	with	the	flexibility	and	certainty	that	their	learners	
need to balance study with busy work, carer, and family 
commitments. As a result, Arden’s student growth is the 
fastest in the UK.

The challenge:
Arden students break down stereotypes, they are often 
time constrained, and juggling families, careers, caring 
roles, and non-native English speaking. Timetables 
have	to	fit	around	these	lifestyles.	Organisationally,	the	
impacts	are	profound.	More	operational	flexibility,	greater	
levels of academic sourcing, a responsive bench of staff 
ready to cover for the unforeseen. By providing students 
with study timings and certainty about their schedules, 
the Arden team removes unnecessary barriers to learning. 
Arden is bringing the potential of university education 
to new communities of learners, revolutionising the 
traditional university model in terms of access and reach. 

16

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

ARDEN UNIVERSITY  

DEPLOYS SEMESTRY 

SMART SCHEDULING 

SOLUTIONS

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

The solution:
“Arden	selected	Semestry	in	order	to	be	able	to	deal	with	
the complexity of an academic offering that is tailored to 
Arden’s unique blend of options that enable easy access 
for	learners	from	all	backgrounds	and	life	situations,”	
according to Paula Reilly, Director of Academic Services at 
Arden	University,	“the	University	needs	to	cope	with	the	
complexity and yet establish an operating model that can 
manage	rapid	growth	and	success”	continues	Paula.	

The result:
“Our	goal	is	a	digital	1st	overlay	to	everything	we	do.	We	are	
achieving this with the Semestry MyTimetable publication 
solution,”	said	Emma	Ieda-Smith,	Manager	of	the	newly	
formed Central Timetabling Team at Arden University,  
“and	our	team	of	expert	timetablers	now	collaborate	using	
Semestry TermTime with stakeholders across the entire 
academic community to produce the highest learner centricity 
we	can	in	delivering	the	right	timetables	for	students.”

The University is already deploying Tribal SITS:Vision, 
the UK market-leading student management system. 
Flexibility, an openness to new practices that bring 
value or improvements, and a readiness to make 
decisions, are helping the institution speed through 
the implementation phases.

With	renewed	confidence,	the	University	decided	to	bring	
forward the scheduling project. The Arden team looked to 
achieve a consistent approach to publishing timetables to 
all the systems that need this information and to publish 
directly to all staff and students. 

Focusing on a best-of-breed and modern scheduling 
solution, Arden has selected Semestry’s TermTime and 
MyTimetable solutions. Importantly for the University, 
Semestry’s consultants are practitioners, with experienced 
backgrounds in scheduling across education sectors in the  
UK and internationally.  

Arden gathers and manages complex data inputs using 
Semestry. TermTime helps them to transform the gathered 
data into activities, and to automate routine scheduling 
tasks, leaving the team to focus on activities that need 
additional	decision-making.	“The	operating	model	for	our	
scheduling	operations	is	now	tested	and	proven”	notes	
Emma,	“and	has	been	invaluable	in	supporting	our	multiple	
centres	and	in	allowing	us	to	operate	internationally.”		

“We	are	not	done	with	personalisation	and	being	able	to	
further	tailor	how	we	support	individual	learners,”	continues	
Paula	“as	we	build	operational	excellence,	we	also	establish	
the	foundations	to	tackle	further	levels	of	flexibility	and	
wider preferences, unlocking higher education to many more 
potential	students.”

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

17

Financial review

Results

£m

Revenue

Student Information Systems

Education Services

Gross Profit

Gross	Profit	Margin

Adjusted Operating Profit (EBITDA) 1, 2  
(Before Central Overheads)

Student Information Systems

Education Services

Central Overheads 4

Net foreign exchange (losses) /gain

Adjusted Operating Profit (EBITDA) 1, 2

Adjusted Operating Margin (EBITDA) 1, 2

Statutory	Profit	before	Tax

Statutory (Loss) / Profit after Tax 

Annual Recurring Revenue

Constant 
Currency
20213

Change 
constant
currency

Change  
constant  
currency %

2022

83.6

68.2

15.4

31.3

2021
Reported

81.1

67.3

13.8

41.8

82.2

68.0

14.2

42.0

37.5%

51.5%

51.1%

17.9

14.0

3.9

(10.4)

(0.1)

7.4

8.9%

0.4

(0.5)

51.2

25.8

23.6

2.2

(9.3)

0.1

16.6

20.5%

8.6

7.0

50.3

25.9

23.8

2.1

(9.3)

0.1

16.8

20.4%

8.6

7.0

51.2

1.4

0.2

1.2

(10.7)

–

(8.0)

 (9.8)

1.7

(1.3)

(0.2)

(9.3)

–

(8.2)

(7.5)

-

1.6%

0.2%

8.7%

(25.4)%

(13.6)pp

(30.6)%

(40.4)%

81.6%

(11.4)%

(189.1)%

(55.3)%

(11.5)pp

(95.5)%

(107.3)%

-

1.	 	Adjusted	Operating	Profit	and	Adjusted	Operating	Margin	are	in	respect	of	continuing	operations	and	exclude	charges	reported	in	“Other	items”	of	£3.8m	(2021:	£5.4m),	

refer to Note 6 in the Financial Statements.

2.	 EBITDA	is	calculated	by	taking	the	Adjusted	Operating	Profit	after	the	allocation	of	Central	Overheads	and	excludes	Interest,	Tax,	Depreciation	and	Amortisation.	

3.   2021 results adjusted are updated for constant currency - the Group has applied 2022 foreign exchange rates to 2021 results to present a constant currency basis, when 

applied	to	2021	results	there	is	an	increase	in	Revenue	of	£1.1m,	an	increase	to	Adjusted	Operating	Profit	(before	Central	Overheads)	and	Adjusted	Operating	Profit	of	£0.1m.

4.  Central Overheads are made up of costs that are not directly attributable to either Student Information Systems or Education Services.

The	financial	review	presents	the	
reported results for 2022 and 2021, and 
the	2021	results	restated	to	“constant	
currency”	using	2022	rates	to	exclude	
foreign currency impact. The change 
percentages and comparatives are 
shown on the 2021 constant currency 
numbers. The presentation disclosed 
as	“constant	currency”	is	an	alternative	
performance measure and not a statutory 
reporting measure prepared in line 
with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRS) and disclosed as 
“reported”.	The	Group	has	chosen	
to present its results on a constant 
currency	basis	to	reflect	the	year-on-year	
performance and account for the  
impact of foreign exchange movements  
in the year.

Revenue

Revenue increased 1.6% to £83.6m 
(2021: £82.2m constant currency, 
£81.1m reported). Notwithstanding 
the NTU contract, the Group’s Student 
Information Systems segment performed 

well,	with	significant	growth	of	29%	
seen across Cloud and Edge revenue 
streams driven by new customer wins. 
This increase was largely offset by the 
continued delay seen by Professional 
Services in delivering the implementation 
phase of the NTU contract. 

Education Services revenue increased by 
8.7% to £15.4m (2021: £14.2m constant 
currency; £13.8m reported) as the main 
UK contracts continued to track well 
throughout the year in addition to new 
contract wins in the Middle East. 

38% of Tribal’s revenue in the year was 
generated outside the UK and is therefore 
subject to foreign exchange movement. 

Gross	Profit	has	decreased	25.4%	
to £31.3m (2021: £42.0m constant 
currency, £41.8m reported) and the 
margin percentage has decreased to 
37.5% (2021: 51.1% constant currency, 
51.5% reported). The margin percentage 
decrease is largely due to the recognition 
of the onerous contract provision and 

18

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

a decline in Professional Services 
margin caused by the NTU contract 
implementation. 

Adjusted Operating Profit 
(EBITDA)

The	Adjusted	Operating	Profit	(EBITDA)	
decreased £9.3m to £7.4m (2021: £16.8m 
constant currency; £16.6m reported). 
The Adjusted Operating Margin (EBITDA) 
decreased to 8.9% (2021: 20.4% constant 
currency; 20.5% reported). Due to the 
challenges experienced with the delivery 
of the NTU contract, an onerous contract 
provision of £4.5m has been recognised 
for future losses, which represents 
the unavoidable costs of meeting the 
obligations under the contract in excess 
of	the	expected	economic	benefits	to	
be received. Excluding this provision, 
adjusted	operating	profit	would	be	
£11.9m and adjusted operating margin 
would be 14.3%.

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Central Overheads, representing 
costs in HR, IT, Finance, Marketing 
and Management that aren’t directly 
attributable to lines of business increased 
by £1.3m to £10.4m (2021: £9.3m 
constant currency and reported). The 
increase was primarily due to increased 
global insurance costs and legal and 
professional fees in line with market 
trends. Margins will continue to be under 
pressure next year due to the impact of 
inflation	on	salaries	and	global	insurance	 
is expected to continue to rise in 2023. 

We continue to focus on reducing 
overhead costs and have continued to 

grow	our	Manila	office	in	the	Philippines	
to	support	central	back-office	functions,	
product development, ebs and SchoolEdge 
product support and other business 
services. The Group continues to identify 
cost saving measures and effectively 
manage its cost base.

Statutory (Loss)/Profit after Tax

The	Statutory	(Loss)	/	Profit	after	tax	
for the year decreased by 107.3% to a 
loss of £(0.5)m (2021: £7.0m reported). 
Excluding the costs of the Veritas 
Programme, a one-off project, in the year 
of £1.3m (2021: £1.7m) and the onerous 

contract provision of £4.5m (2021: 
£nil)	the	underlying	profit	decrease	
was 23.5%. The tax charge reduced to 
£0.9m (2021: £1.6m reported) due to the 
unrecognised deferred tax in respect of 
the Singapore branch losses, on the basis 
we	do	not	anticipate	future	profits	to	be	
generated to utilise these losses.

Segmental performance

The Group provides software and 
non-software related services to the 
international educational market. 
These services are managed across 
two divisions, SIS and ES.

Student Information Systems (SIS)

£m

Foundation Support & Maintenance

Foundation Software

Cloud Services

Edge

Professional Services

Core Revenue

Other Software & Services

Total Revenue

Adjusted Operating Profit

2021 
Reported

Constant 
Currency
2021

Change 
constant
currency

Change  
constant  
currency %

26.0

5.4

6.8

3.4

12.7

54.2

13.1

67.3

23.6

26.2

5.4

6.9

3.4

12.8

54.7

13.4

68.0

23.8

(0.8)

1.8

1.6

1.4

(1.6)

2.4

(2.3)

0.1

(9.8)

(2.9)%

33.3%

24.0%

39.6%

(12.5)%

4.5%

(17.3)%

0.2%

(40.4)%

2022

25.4

7.2

8.5

4.8

11.2

57.1

11.0

68.2

14.0

Adjusted Operating Margin

20.6%

35.0%

35.0%

–

(14.4)pp

Revenue in the period increased 33.3% to 
£7.2m (2021: £5.4m constant currency, 
£5.4m reported). Under IFRS15 license 
revenue is recognised as the software is 
implemented on a percentage complete 
basis, resulting in the revenue from larger 
implementations taking more than two 
years to recognise. Key new customers 
include University of Plymouth, University 
of East Anglia and The Leeds Conservatoire 
and British University Vietnam. 

Student Information Systems focuses on 
software-related solutions to the Higher 
Education, Further Education, Colleges 
and Employers (referred to in Australia 
as VET), and Schools sectors across 
the main geographic markets being the 
UK, Australia, New Zealand, Singapore, 
Malaysia, Netherlands and Canada. 

SIS revenue increased marginally by 
0.2% to £68.2m (2021: £68.0m constant 
currency; £67.3m reported). Revenue 
generated from our core product 
offerings increased 4.5% to £57.1m 
(2021: £54.7m constant currency and 
reported). The increase was impacted by 
the changing scope and complexity of the 
NTU contract, resulting in substantially 
lower recognisable revenue than originally 
anticipated. Revenue from other software 
and services declined 17.3% to £11.0m 
(2021: £13.4m constant currency, £13.1m 
reported) as discussed below.

The Group secured multiple new customer 
wins throughout the year across Tribal’s 
range	of	software,	reflecting	the	evolving	
product suite, technology leadership 
and increasing activity levels within the 
education sector globally. 

Foundation Support & Maintenance fees 
in the period on our Foundation products 
(primarily SITS, Callista, ebs, Maytas, K2 
and SID) decreased 2.9% in the period. 
Several ebs and Maytas customers 
moved onto Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) 
contracts in the year, resulting in £0.2m 
of associated revenues transferring from 
support to software. 

Foundation Software includes the sale of 
new perpetual and subscription software 
licenses on our Foundation products. 

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

19

Financial review continued

Cloud Services cover the provision of Tribal:Cloud, a fully managed 
public cloud services and other hosting services supporting Tribal 
products, either on-premise in a private cloud, or more increasingly 
in a public cloud. 

Cloud revenues have continued to increase and are up 24.0% 
to £8.5m (2021: 6.9m constant currency, £6.8m reported). As 
previously	discussed,	the	Group	closed	a	number	of	significant	
sales to existing customers, transitioning their existing on-
premise Tribal SITS software, SITS:Vision, into the Tribal:Cloud. 
We continue to have positive conversations across our extensive 
customer	base	as	they	explore	the	benefits	a	move	to	the	cloud	
can	bring	to	their	organisation	and	are	confident	of	continued	
uptake. At the end of 2022 22% of our 126 SITS:Vision customers 
had signed up to Tribal:Cloud.

Edge revenues saw an increase of 39.6% to £4.8m (2021: £3.4m 
constant currency and reported), due to sales across our range of 
products such as Semestry, Support and Wellbeing and Engage.

Professional Services includes the implementation of all our 
software products at customer sites, typically working alongside 
customer teams. Implementation projects vary in length and 
complexity, ranging from a small number of days to more than two 
years for complex projects. Revenues are either a day rate fee,  
or	performed	under	a	fixed	fee	for	defined	implementation	scope.	
Professional services have continued to be delivered remotely 
where appropriate, in most instances, and the team has been 
bolstered by the Global Delivery Centre (GDC) in Kuala Lumpur, 
Malaysia which has grown 39% in the year. 

Professional Services revenue decreased by 12.5% to £11.2m 
(2021: £12.8m constant currency, £12.7m reported) as a 
result of the challenges with the NTU contract implementation. 
Furthermore,	a	significant	amount	of	resource	is	working	on	the	
NTU contract which has reduced the teams capacity to deliver  
on other work as a result. 

Other Software & Services revenue decreased 17.3% to 
£11.0m (2021: £13.4m constant currency, £13.1m reported) 
due to continued Australian SchoolEdge churn in addition to the 
previously announced planned reduction in development work on 
the Technical and Further Education colleges New South Wales, 
“TAFE	NSW”	contract.	The	TAFEs	transition	to	their	new	provider	
is expected to conclude during the second half of 2023 at which 
point no further revenue will be generated, TAFE’s contribution to 
the Group’s annual recurring revenue totals £3.1m.

Adjusted	Operating	Profit	decreased	by	(40.4)%	to	£14.0m	 
(2021: £23.8m constant currency; £23.6m reported) and Adjusted 
Operating Margin decreased to 20.6% (2021: 35.0% constant 
currency and reported). SIS margin reduced due to low margins 
from the implementation of the NTU contract compounded by 
the fact the team have had lower capacity to deliver on higher 
margin contracts. Due to the challenges experienced with the 
delivery of the NTU contract, an onerous contract provision of 
£4.5m had been recognised, which represents the unavoidable 
costs of meeting the obligations under the contract in excess of 
the	expected	economic	benefits	to	be	received.	Excluding	this	
provision,	SIS’s	adjusted	operating	profit	would	be	£18.5m	and	
adjusted operating margin would be 27.2%.

20

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Education Services (ES)

2021 
Reported

2022

Constant 
Currency
2021

Change 
constant 
currency

Change 
constant 
currency 
%

12.7

11.1

11.4

1.3

11.7%

2.7

2.7

2.8

(0.1)

(3.9)%

£m

School 
Inspections & 
Related Services

I-graduate – 
Surveys &  
Data Analytics

Total Revenue

15.4

13.8

14.2

1.2

8.7%

Adjusted 
Operating Profit

Adjusted 
Operating 
Margin

3.9

2.2

2.1

1.7

81.6%

25.0% 16.3% 15.0%

- 10.1pp

Education Services (ES) provides non-software related solutions 
globally across the same market sectors. The core offerings are 
inspection and review services which support the assessment 
of educational delivery, performance benchmarking, student 
surveys, and data analytics. 

Education Services revenue increased by 8.7% to £15.4m  
(2021: £14.2m constant currency; £13.8m reported). 

The revenue from School Inspections & Related Services 
increased by 11.7% to £12.7m (2021: £11.4m constant currency; 
£11.1m reported).

Performance continued to improve throughout the year, with 
successful tenders for renewals of three major contracts with 
the Department for Education in England: The National Centre for 
Excellence	in	the	Teaching	of	Mathematics	“NCETM”	(£8.7m	total	
contract value over two years), Quality Assurance of the National 
Professional	Qualifications	programme	“NPQ”,	(£6.5m	total	
contract value over four years) and the Advanced Maths Support 
Programme	“AMSP”	(£2.6m	total	contract	value	over	two	years).	
In addition, winning a two-year contract with the National Tutoring 
Programme	“NTP”	total	contract	value	of	£2.4m.	

In the Middle East a new six-month contract was won in the year 
with	the	Sharjah	Private	Education	Authority	“SEPA”	(£3.0m	
total contract value) to deliver School Inspections in addition to 
continued delivery on smaller, high margin, contracts in the UAE 
and Bahrain. 

The revenue for Surveys & Data Analytics decreased by 3.9% to 
£2.7m (2021: £2.8m constant currency; £2.7m reported). The 
revenues from Surveys are reduced, as expected, due to the 
seasonality of the Southern Hemisphere International Student 
Barometer which most institutions participate every other year. 

The	Adjusted	Operating	Profit	in	Education	Services	increased	
by 81.6% to £3.9m (2021: £2.2m constant currency; £2.1m 
reported), the Adjusted Operating Margin also increased 10.1pp 
to 25.0% (2021: 16.3% constant currency; 15.0% reported), 
this increase is largely due to the variable cost model it operates 
and the successful delivery of higher margin contracts in 
2022 compared to the lower margin ADEK contract which was 
completed at the end of 2021.

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Product Development

£m

Product Development

Of which capitalised

Edge

Other Products

Of which expensed

Foundation Products

Edge

Other Products

Amortisation

2021 
Reported

Change

15.9 (10.3)%

10.2

2.3%

10.1

1.4%

0.1 (100)%

5.8 (39.1)%

2.2 (11.7)%

2.2 (76.3)%

1.3 (48.0)%

1.0 24.1%

2022

14.4

10.3

10.3

-

4.1

2.0

1.3

0.8

1.3

The Group spent £14.4m on Product Development, of which 
£10.3m was capitalised in relation to Edge, including Dynamics 
and Semestry (2021: £15.9m spent, £10.2m capitalised, £5.8m 
expensed). In 2021 £0.1m was capitalised in relation to Education 
Services’ E-Evidence application, this has been written off due to 
a change in focus by new management in the year.

We regularly review our Edge strategy, which provides a 
compelling vision to new and existing customers to embrace 

Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)

our next-generation, best-of-breed, cloud-native SIS solutions, 
to improve delivery to customers. As a cloud-native SIS, Edge 
provides a competitive differentiator in targeting and acquiring 
new customers. In addition, it protects Tribal's customer base 
by	providing	the	most	efficient,	lowest	cost	route	to	achieve	a	
comprehensive, integrated, open-standards SIS which maximises 
the student experience and reduces the technical complexity and 
IT cost for our customers.

Our continued investment in Edge across our existing product 
sets and Admissions saw capitalised product development spend 
increased to £10.3m (2021: £10.1m) as the Edge development 
team reached its peak of development activities to deliver 
Admissions. Management is expecting capitalised product 
development	to	reduce	significantly	in	2023	as	the	peak	of	
development investment has passed. 

Expensed product development decreased 39.1% to £4.1m 
(2021: £5.8m) of which £2.0m (2021: £2.2m) related to our 
Foundation products, £1.3m (2021: £2.2m) related to Edge 
and £0.8m (2021: £1.3m) related to other products. Product 
development costs of £0.7m in 2021, relating to our Australian 
Government Contracts, has been reallocated from Foundation to 
Other products. 2021 included a one-off charge of £0.8m relating 
to pre-2021 capitalised costs being expensed to align with our 
future Edge offerings.

£m

Revenue

– Student Information Systems

– Education Services

Adjusted	Operating	Profit	(EBITDA)1

Adjusted Operating Margin1

Annual Recurring Revenue (ARR)2

Gross Revenue Retention (GRR)3

Net Revenue Retention (NRR)4

Committed Income (Order Book)

Operating Cash Conversion6

Free Cash (Out)/In Flow

Staff Retention

2022

83.6

68.2

15.4

7.4

8.9%

51.2

91%

104%

172.9

89%

(5.3)

83.6%

2021 
Reported

81.1

67.3

13.8

16.6

20.5%

50.3

93%

106%

172.5

104%

5.4

86.9%

2021 
Constant 
Currency

82.2

68.0

14.2

16.8

20.4%

51.2

–

–

176.6

104%

5.4

–

Revenue per Operational FTE5

£102.0k

£100.1k

£101.4k

Change 
constant 
currency

Change 
constant
currency %

1.4

0.1

1.2

(9.3)

–

–

–

–

(3.7)

–

(10.7)

–

£0.6k

1.6%

0.2%

8.7%

(55.3)%

(11.5)pp

–

(2)pp

(2)pp

(2.1)%

(15.0)pp

(198)%

(3.3)pp

0.6%

1.	 	Adjusted	Operating	Profit	and	Adjusted	Operating	Margin	are	in	respect	of	continuing	operations	and	exclude	charges	reported	in	“Other	items”	of	£3.8m	(2021:	£5.4m),	

refer	to	Note	6	in	the	Financial	Statements.	EBITDA	is	calculated	by	taking	the	Adjusted	Operating	Profit	after	the	allocation	of	Central	Overheads	and	excludes	
Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation.

2.   ARR is a forward looking metric representing committed revenues as at 31 December 2022 and includes Support & Maintenance fees paid on all software, License 

sold on a subscription basis, Cloud services and Edge sales.

3.   Calculated as a percentage of recurring revenue retained from existing customers at 1 January including contract expiry, cancellations or downgrades in the year.

4.   Calculated as a percentage of recurring revenue retained from existing customers at 1 January including upsells as well as contract expiry, cancellations or 

downgrades in the year.

5.   Revenue per Operational FTE is the average FTE for the year excluding average FTE associated with capitalised Product Development. In 2022 152.3 FTE were 

capitalised (2021: 126.1).

6.	 	Operating	cash	conversion	is	calculated	as	net	cash	from	operating	activities	before	tax,	excluding	the	cash	outflow	of	£1.2m	(2021:	£1.7m)	on	the	Veritas	programme	
and	£0.6m	(2021:	£nil)	of	redundancy	payments	as	a	proportion	of	adjusted	operating	profit	(EBITDA)	excluding	the	onerous	contract	provision	of	£4.5m	(2021:	£nil).

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

21

Financial review continued

The above Alternative Performance Measures (APM) are not 
Statutory Accounting Measures and are not intended as a 
substitute for statutory measures. A reconciliation of Statutory 
Operating	Profit	and	Adjusted	Operating	Profit	(EBITDA)	has	been	
provided	in	the	financial	statements.	

Annual Recurring Revenue (ARR)

£m

Foundation 
Support & 
Maintenance

Foundation 
Subscription

Cloud Services

Edge

2021 
Reported

2022

Constant 
Currency
2021

Change Change %

24.8

24.7

25.0

(0.2)

(1.0)%

5.4

10.2

5.4

3.8

8.2

4.5

3.8

8.3

4.6

1.6

1.9

0.8

4.1

42.6%

23.4%

18.0%

9.9%

Core product ARR

45.8

41.2

41.7

Other Software  
& Services

5.4

9.1

9.5

(4.1)

(43.5)%

Total ARR

51.2

50.3

51.2

–

–

ARR	is	a	key	forward	looking	financial	metric	of	the	Group	and	is	an	
area of strategic focus. Our aim is to grow ARR in our core products 
through the delivery of Software-as-a-Service contracts, providing 
increased quality of earnings. 

ARR relating to our core product offering increased by 9.9% to 
£45.8m (2021: £41.7m constant currency, £41.2m reported) 
driven by wins across our core product offerings, offset by the 
decrease of £1.3m relating to the NTU contract and other churn.

As previously reported, ARR relating to other software and 
services has decreased 43.5% to £5.4m (2021: £9.5m constant 
currency, £9.1m reported). £0.6m relates to the decrease in 
Department of Education ARR following a contract extension to 
June 2024, we expect the remaining ARR of £1.5m to drop in 2023 
subject to historic Government and Schools’ contracts migrating 
onto an alternative solution. 

NRR 104% (2021: 106%) has decreased by 2pp. Upsell to existing 
customers has been consistent year on year, highlighting the 
strong growth opportunities within our existing customer base, in 
particular migrations of on-premise customers into the cloud. This 
has been offset by expected churn in Callista as two customers 
have exited, as well as expected churn in School Edge as 
customers continue to migrate to alternative suppliers decreasing 
GRR by 2pp 91% (2021: 93%).

22

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Committed Income (Order Book)
The Committed Income (Order Book) relates to the total value of 
orders across SIS and ES, which have been signed on or before, 
but not delivered by 31 December 2022. This represents the best 
estimate of business expected to be delivered and recognised in 
future periods and includes two years of Support & Maintenance 
revenue. At 31 December 2022 this decreased to £172.9m  
(2021: £176.6m constant currency, £172.5m reported). Committed 
Income decreased due to the removal of the NTU contract £5.6m, 
with the remainder due to the anticipated reduction in historic 
Australian Government contracts and SchoolEdge churn offset by 
new contract wins in ES, Cloud and Edge. 

Operating cash conversion
Operating cash conversion is calculated as net cash from 
operating	activities	before	tax,	excluding	the	cash	outflow	of	
£1.2m (2021: £1.7m) on the Veritas programme and £0.6m 
(2021: £nil) of redundancy payments as a proportion of adjusted 
operating	profit	(EBITDA)	excluding	the	onerous	contract	
provision of £4.5m (2021: £nil). In 2022, operating cash 
conversion was 89% (2021: 104% reported). The decrease in 
operating cash conversion is a result of an increase in non-cash 
items and the temporary decline in working capital. 

Free cash flow
Free	cash	flow	is	included	as	a	key	indicator	of	the	cash	that	
is generated (or absorbed) by the Group and is available for 
acquisition	related	investment,	interest	and	finance	charges	
and, or distribution to shareholders. It is calculated as net cash 
generated,	before	dividends,	interest	and	finance	charges,	
deferred consideration, and investments in subsidiaries. Free 
cash	flow	in	2022	decreased	to	and	outflow	of	£(5.3)m	(2021:	
inflow	of	£5.4m	reported),	investment	in	product	development	
increased £0.4m to £10.6m (2021: £10.2m) and proceeds 
on shares sold to satisfy exercises of share-based payment 
schemes reduced to £0.6m (2021: £3.2m). Net cash used in 
operating activities before tax decreased £6.6m to £8.9m 
(2021: £15.5m).

Full Time Equivalent (FTE) and staff retention

UK

Asia	Pacific

Rest of world1 

Full Time Equivalent (FTE)

1. 

 Including USA, Canada and Middle East.

2022

2021

Change

622

317

13

952

651

317

14

982

(29)

1

(2)

(31)

Our overall workforce has decreased by 3.1% to a total FTE of 952 
from 982 at 31 December 2021 primarily in the UK.

On an operational FTE basis (excluding Capitalised Product 
Development), the revenue per average operational FTE increased 
to £102.0k (2021: £101.4k constant currency, £100.1k reported).

The	reduction	in	headcount	reflects	our	ongoing	strategy	to	drive	
efficiencies	whilst	growing	our	global	delivery	capability	in	Malaysia	
and the Philippines. We note our staff retention has decreased to 
83.6% (2021: 87.0%) in line with the market trends, with the last 
quarter of 2022 returning to pre-pandemic levels of attrition.

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Items excluded from adjusted profit figures

Net cash and cash flow

The Group has adopted a policy of disclosing separately on the 
face of its Group income statement the effect of any components 
of	financial	performance	considered	by	the	Directors	to	be	not	
directly related to the trading business or regarded as exceptional, 
and for which separate disclosure would assist in a better 
understanding	of	the	financial	performance	achieved.	

A	full	explanation	of	“Other	Items”	is	included	in	note	6	of	the	
Financial Statements however the main items are as follows:

•  Employee-related share option charges:

In 2022, share-based payment charges (including employer 
related taxes) totalled £0.5m (2021: £1.6m), and are excluded 
from	the	Adjusted	operating	profit.	On	11	April	2022,	552,941	
nil-cost share options were granted to Mark Pickett (317,647) 
and Diane McIntyre (235,294) under the terms of the 2010 
Long-Term Incentive Plan. 

•  Amortisation of IFRS 3 intangibles:

The amortisation charge in relation to IFRS 3 intangible assets 
of	£1.1m	(2021:	£0.9m)	arose	from	separately	identifiable	
assets recognised as part of previous acquisitions. The assets 
principally relate to software and customer relationships and 
are amortised over their expected life which was determined 
in the year the acquisition took place.

•	

Internal	Systems	Transformation	Programme	“Veritas”:

Between the end of 2020 and the end of 2022, the Group 
has been running the Veritas Programme which went live in 
January 2023. This includes an upgrade to its accounting 
system (Microsoft Dynamics D365) and is part of a wider 
implementation of a new target operating model and processes 
to	provide	greater	operating	efficiencies	and	reporting	
functionalities.	Following	clarified	guidance	issued	in	relation	
to IAS 38, £1.3m (2021: £1.7m) of costs have been expensed 
to the income statement. 

•  Restructuring and associated costs: 

These costs relate to the restructuring of the Group’s 
operations to implement the new target operating model as 
part of the Veritas programme. The charge for the year is £0.6m 
(2021:£nil) due to planned restructures at the start of the 
year. There are no restructuring provisions recognised as at  
31 December 2022.

£m

2022

2021

Change

Net	cash	flow	from	operating	
activities before tax

Tax paid

  Purchases of PPE

Net lease payments

8.7

15.5

(2.6)

(0.7)

(0.9)

(1.6)

(0.6)

(0.9)

Capitalised product development

(10.4)

(10.2)

Proceeds from shares

Free cash flow

0.6

(5.3)

3.2

5.4

(6.8)

(1.0)

(0.1)

-

(0.2)

(2.6)

(10.7)

Net	cash	outflow	from	acquisition	
activities

(1.0)

(6.1)

5.2

Net	cash	inflow/(outflow)	from	
other	financing	activities

Net decrease in cash & cash 
equivalents

Cash & cash equivalents at 
beginning of the year

Less: Effect of foreign exchange 
rate changes

Cash & cash equivalents at end 
of period

Borrowings

Net (debt)/cash & cash 
equivalents at end of period

3.2

(2.7)

5.9

(3.1)

(3.4)

0.3

5.9

9.5

(3.6)

–

(0.2)

0.2

2.9

(6.3)

5.9         (3.0)

–

(6.3)

(3.4)

5.9

(9.3)

Net (debt) / cash and cash equivalents at 31 December 2022 were 
£(3.4)m (2021: £5.9m).

Operating	cash	inflow	for	the	period	was	£6.1m	(2021:	£13.9m)	
significantly	lower	than	last	year	due	to	the	impact	of	the	NTU	
contract. 

Cash	outflow	from	investing	activities	was	£12.1m	(2021:	£16.9m).	
Spend on purchases of property, plant and equipment totalled 
£0.7m (2021: £0.6m). Spend on product development increased to 
£10.4m (2021: £10.2m) in line with the Group’s product investment 
programme. The Group made a payment of £1.0m for deferred 
consideration	(2021:	£2.2m),	of	which	£0.6m	was	the	final	earn-out	
from the Semestry acquisition, the remaining £0.4m was earn-out 
payments for Eveoh, paid on a quarterly basis over the two year 
earn-out period ending September 2023. In 2021 the Group made 
an upfront net payment of £4.2m in respect of the acquisition of 
Semestry Limited, there have been no acquisitions in 2022.

Cash	inflow/(outflow)	from	financing	activities	increased	to	
£2.9m	(2021:	(0.4)m).	The	Group	paid	a	final	dividend	of	1.3p	per	
share in the year with £2.7m returned to shareholders. Bank loan 
arrangement fees and interest in the period totalled £0.3m (2021: 
£0.2m). This is offset with the proceeds from the issue of shares 
totalling £0.6m (2021: £3.2m) to satisfy exercises of share-based 
payment schemes. During the year the group drew down a net of 
£6.3m from the £10m loan facility to assist with working capital 
requirements, this remains outstanding at year end. 

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

23

Financial review continued

Funding arrangements
On 21 January 2020 the Group entered into a three year £10m 
multicurrency revolving facility with HSBC with the option to 
extend by a further two years, both of which have been exercised 
with the facility expiring in December 2024. The facility was put in 
place to cover general corporate and working capital requirements 
of the Group, as at 31 December 2022 £6.3m (2021: £nil) of the 
loan was utilised. The Group had a £2m committed overdraft 
facility in the UK and a AUD$2m committed overdraft facility in 
Australia, both facilities are committed for a 12-month period 
ending August 2023 and October 2023 respectively. At 31 
December 2022 £0.1m of the UK overdraft was drawn. To offset 
the impact of movements in foreign exchange the Group entered 
into three forward contracts to hedge the movement between 
AUD:GBP. These contracts expired in the year and generated a net 
change in fair value of £nil (2021: £0.2m). The Group will continue 
to manage foreign exchange exposure during 2023.

In February 2023, to manage the short-term working capital 
requirements, Tribal converted £7m of the £10m uncommitted 
accordion into its existing loan facility, increasing the total 
facility to £17m.

Shareholders returns and dividends
Tribal remains committed to a progressive dividend policy, 
however based on the performance in the year and having 
reviewed	the	group’s	cash	flow	forecasts,	specifically	with	
regard	to	the	significant	uncertainties	around	the	resolution	 
of the NTU contract outlined above, the Board have concluded 
that	it	would	be	prudent	to	reduce	the	final	dividend	by	50%.	 
It is the Board’s intention to return to its former policy of 
dividend progression when circumstances allow.

The	Board	is	proposing	a	final	dividend	in	respect	of	the	year	ended	
31 December 2022 of 0.65p, pending approval at the AGM on 30 
May 2023. The anticipated payment date is 27 July 2023, with an 
associated record date of 23 June 2023 and ex-dividend date of 22 
June	2023.	In	July	2022	Tribal	paid	a	final	dividend	of	1.3p	per	share	
in recognition of the year ended 31 December 2021. The Board 
intends to continue a progressive dividend policy, with a single 
dividend payment each year following annual results.

Going concern
As at 31 December 2022, the Group had cash and cash equivalents 
of £2.9m (2021: £5.9m) and borrowings of £6.3m (2021: £nil). 
The Group had a £2m committed overdraft facility in the UK 
and a AUD$2m committed overdraft facility in Australia, both 
facilities are committed on a 12-month rolling period ending 
August 2023 and October 2023 respectively. At the year-end there 
was £1.97m available but undrawn in respect of the UK overdraft 
facility (£35,000 had been drawn down) and $AUD2m available 
but undrawn in respect of the Australian overdraft facility.

Tribal	Group	plc	has	undertaken	to	make	adequate	financial	
resources available to the Group to meet its current and future 
obligations as and when they fall due by entering a £17m loan 
facility to cover temporary working capital requirements of the 
Group and corporate merger and acquisition activity, if required, 
which expires in December 2024. 

The	Group	benefits	from	strong	annual	recurring	revenues	and	
cash	generation,	it	also	has	a	significant	pipeline	of	committed	
income as it enters 2023 which provides a good level of protection 
and certainty to the business. While the Group’s net current 
liability position has increased to £25.0m from £20.9m in 2021, 
the increase is driven by the increase in borrowings of £6.3m 
and the recognition of an onerous contract provision of £4.5m. 
The remaining net current liabilities is primarily made up of net 
contract liabilities of £19.5m (2021: £17.6m) relating to deferred 
customer revenue recognised in accordance with IFRS 15.

The Group had a positive end to the year for sales, closing several 
significant	sales	to	new	and	existing	customers,	and	expanding	
its	global	footprint.	The	financial	impact	of	the	pandemic	and	the	
changing expectations of students, means that never has the 
need for cloud-based solutions for the Education market been 
more pressing. The investments the Group continue to make 
position Tribal at the forefront of this evolution in the industry,  
in addition, the Board has engaged advisors and is considering 
its strategic options and opportunities for the Education 
Services business. 

Management have assessed a range of outcomes in relation to 
the NTU contract and its potential impact on the Group’s cash 
flows.	If	mediation	is	not	successful,	it	may	result	in	litigation.	
Should the contract result in litigation, timelines will be uncertain 
but are considered unlikely to be resolved within the next 
12 months. Management is undertaking a range of actions, 
including assessing all discretionary spend, in order to improve 
cash	flows	as	a	matter	of	prudence.	

In assessing the Group’s going concern position the Directors 
have considered all relevant facts, latest forecasts, an 
assessment of the risks faced by the Group, and considered 
potential changes in trading performance with particular focus 
on the challenges faced with the implementation of the NTU 
contact.	In	addition,	management	have	sufficiently	stress	tested	
the latest forecasts to the point where either the Group cannot 
meet its liabilities or is in breach of banking covenants and have 
concluded that this position is highly unlikely, and therefore does 
not	have	a	significant	impact	on	the	Group’s	ability	to	continue	
as a going concern. Accordingly, the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group and the Company has adequate 
resources to continue in operational existence for at least 12 
months	from	the	date	of	approval	of	the	financial	statements	 
and the foreseeable future. Thus, they continue to adopt the  
going	concern	basis	in	preparing	the	financial	statements.

Taxation
The	corporation	tax	on	adjusted	profit	before	tax	was	£2.9m	
(2021: £2.2m). The increase was due to the unrecognised 
deferred tax in respect of the Singapore branch losses, on 
the	basis	we	do	not	anticipate	future	profits	to	be	generated	
to utilise these losses, and an increase in tax generated in 
international jurisdictions with a higher rate of corporation tax. 
It	is	anticipated	that	the	tax	charges	on	profits	in	the	near-	to	
medium-term future are likely to be higher than the standard 
rate of UK corporation tax.

24  Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Share options and share capital
On 11 April 2022, 552,941 nil-cost share options were granted 
to Mark Pickett (317,647) and Diane McIntyre (235,294) as part 
of their ongoing remuneration.

1,847,373 shares were issued during the year in order to satisfy 
exercises of share-based payment schemes. The exercise costs 
of 5p, 58.2p, 71p, 79.6p and 80p per share for the LTIPs resulted 
in cash receipts of £0.6m.

Earnings per share (EPS)
Adjusted basic earnings per share from continuing operations 
before other costs and intangible asset impairment charges 
and	amortisation,	which	reflects	the	Group’s	underlying	trading	
performance, decreased by 89% to 0.6p (2021: 5.6p) due to 
the	decrease	in	adjusted	profit	before	tax	and	the	reduced	tax	
charge in the year. 

Statutory basic earnings per share decreased by 106% to (0.2)p 
(2021: 3.3p) as a result of the statutory loss increase in the year 
to	£(0.5)m	(2021:	statutory	profit	£7.0m).	

In 2021 1,490,169 vested LTIP and CSOP shares that had not 
yet been exercised, were in error only included in the diluted EPS 
calculation. In the current year these options have been included 
in the basic calculation and the prior year has been restated to 
3.3p from 3.4p per share.

Pension obligations
At	31	December	2022,	the	Group	operated	two	defined	benefit	
pension	schemes	for	the	benefit	of	certain	deferred	employees	
of its subsidiaries in the UK which are closed to new members. 
These schemes are administered by separate funds that are 
legally separated from the Parent Company and relate to a 
historic contract within Education Services. The trustees of 
the pension funds are required by law to act in the interest 
of the funds and of all relevant stakeholders in the schemes. 
The trustees of the pension funds are responsible for the 
investment policy with regard to the assets of the funds.

Across the pension schemes, the surplus calculated under IAS 
19	at	the	end	of	the	year	was	£0.1m	(2021:	deficit	of	£0.2m),	
with gross assets of £8.1m and gross liabilities of £5.4m 
(2021: £8.8m and £9.0m respectively). Total actuarial gains 
recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income are £0.3m (2021: £0.7m). The Company does not have 
an	unqualified	right	to	apply	any	surplus	on	one	of	the	schemes	 
and consequently a surplus of £2.6m has not been recognised. 

The Strategic Report on pages 1 to 37 was approved on behalf 
of the Board on 23 March 2022

Diane McIntyre

Chief	Financial	Officer

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

25

Stakeholder Engagement

Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 
requires each Director of the Company 
to act in a way they consider, in good 
faith, would most likely promote the 
success	of	the	Company	for	the	benefit	
of its members as a whole.

LONG-TERM 
BUSINESS

SUCCESS

Long-term business success
The Board recognises that the long-term success of the 
business is dependant on the way we interact with a range of 
key stakeholders as demonstrated by our compliance with the 
QCA code, which under principles 3 and 9 requires companies  
to take account of wider stakeholder and social responsibilities, 
including the implications for long-term success and to maintain 
governance structures and processes that support good 
decision-making.

In this way Section 172 requires a Director to have regard, 
amongst other matters, to the:

• 

• 

Likely consequences of any decisions in the long term; 

Interests of the Company’s employees; 

•  Need to foster the Company’s business relationships with 

suppliers, customers and other key stakeholders; 

• 

Impact of the Company’s operations on the community and 
the environment; 

•  Desirability of the Company maintaining a reputation for high 

standards of business conduct, and

•  Need to act fairly between members of the Company.

In discharging its Section 172 duties the Board has considered 
the factors set out above and the views of key stakeholders. 

Engaging, consulting and action on the needs of different 
stakeholders is critical for the development and delivery of a 
culture and strategy that achieves long-term success. Tribal 

undertakes meaningful engagement with its stakeholder groups 
to build trusted, strong relationships and supports the ethos of 
Section 172 in order to support good decision-making. 

Annually, the Board undertakes an in-depth review of the 
Company's	performance	against	its	strategy	and	five-year	
objectives. In 2022 this involved a detailed review of the Group's 
five-year	financial	model.	Once	reviewed	by	the	Board,	the	five-
year	model	and	strategy	was	used	to	form	the	financial	budget,	
including	investment	decisions	for	the	next	financial	year	and	
future strategic direction of the Company. In making decisions 
concerning the business plan and future strategy, the Board has 
regard to a variety of matters including the interests of various 
stakeholders, the consequences of its decisions in the long-term 
and its long-term reputation.

The Board acknowledges that some decisions will not necessarily 
result in a positive outcome for all our stakeholders, however,  
it always strives to act in the best interest of the Group and to 
be fair and balanced in its approach to stakeholder management. 
The needs of different stakeholders are always considered as 
well as the consequences of any decision in the long term and 
the importance of our reputation for high standards of business 
conduct. By considering the Group’s purpose, vision, values and 
commitment to responsible business together with its strategic 
priorities and having a process in place for principal decision-
making, the Board aims to ensure that its decisions are in the best 
interests of the business.

26

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

The Company’s key stakeholders are set out in the table below. The views of and the impact of the Company’s activities on those 
stakeholders are an important consideration for the Directors when making relevant decisions.

Stakeholder Group

Why we engage 

How we engage

Investors

Trust from our shareholders is key to delivering 
our strategy and long-term success. We 
endeavour to provide fair, balanced, and 
meaningful information to shareholders and 
potential investors to ensure they understand 
our performance and strategy.

Shareholders play an important role in the 
success and growth of the Group and have 
historically provided a source of equity to help 
fund some of the acquisitions made. In addition, 
shareholders provide important feedback to 
the Executive Directors on market conditions, 
expectations, and economic performance.

Employees

Our employees are vital to help us deliver on 
our strategic objectives. We seek to attract, 
develop, and retain high-calibre staff, and as a 
consequence, our customers can be assured 
that the service they receive is among the 
best available.

Customers & Suppliers

Delivering our strategic priorities and ensuring we 
continue to operate successfully requires strong 
mutually	beneficial	relationships	with	customers,	
suppliers, and government departments. Tribal 
aims to build strong and trusted business 
relationships with both customers and suppliers, 
all of whom are crucial to delivering many of our 
strategic objectives. We aim to maximise cost 
efficiencies	and	enhance	positive	outcomes	
for all.

The	Chief	Executive	Officer	and	Chief	Financial	
Officer	meet	with	representatives	of	most	major	
institutional shareholders at least twice a year. 
Feedback from these meetings is shared with 
the Board to ensure the Directors understand 
shareholder expectations and motivations. The 
Directors are also available at the AGM to answer 
questions raised by shareholders.

Tribal encourages regular dialogue with both 
existing and potential shareholders throughout 
the year to understand their needs and 
expectations, and to ensure that the Group’s 
strategy, business model and progress are 
clearly understood. 

Investor information including the Annual Report, 
investor presentations, including the capital 
markets day presentation and announcements 
are available on the Company’s website.

Tribal engages with its employees through 
anonymous opinion surveys to gather feedback 
on all aspects of employment within the Group 
throughout the year. This feedback is then 
considered by the senior management team  
and reported to the Board on a regular basis.

Employee performance reviews are conducted 
annually. In addition, managers are encouraged to 
hold regular, informal one-to-one sessions with 
each of their direct reports.

Employees can ask questions regarding all 
aspects of the business during our regular 
Group-wide all-hands meetings with the Group’s 
Executive Management team.

The Group has regular communication via 
email, newsletters and the Group’s website 
that includes news and regular blogs for all 
stakeholders to view. 

We have a team focused on Customer Success, 
facilitating ongoing meetings with existing 
customers to better service our customers and 
add value across our customer base.

We hold an annual conference, Empower, for all 
customers globally where sessions are run  
to update customers on our suite of products 
and services. 

Tribal group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

27

Q&A with Matt Davis, Managing Director of Education Services 

SPOTLIGHT

ON EDUCATION

Your background

Education Services

Services?

Q  What is your vision for Education  
A  Getting clarity on who we are, what we do and how  

we deliver value has been the major focus since  
I started in April 2022. My vision is that Tribal 
Education Services will be seen as go-to partners  
for governments and education institutions who  
need help to deliver on their strategic ambitions to 
improve education quality and impact. This means 
managing a rapid transformation from being a highly 
capable contractor to being a more proactive services 
business. When we do that, there is potential for 
significant	growth	in	our	key	markets	and	some	
adjacent ones, and an equally important opportunity  
for us to increase our impact as a business.

Q  Where were you before Tribal 

Education Services (“ES”), what 
excited you about this role?

A 

I joined Tribal from Education Development Trust,  
an	international	education	non-profit.	I	worked	there	
for	about	a	decade,	first	in	business	development	
and then running its UK Division, taking oversight 
of a portfolio of large-scale contracts with the 
Department for Education. Prior to that I was a 
teacher and manager for 10 years.

A  A couple of things particularly appealed to me 

about the role at Tribal. It’s a business with a great 
heritage, and one I bumped into often in my previous 
role. Despite some real strengths, it appeared to 
me that it was failing to reach its full potential. My 
view is that some fairly simple changes could make 
a big difference to performance. The opportunity 
to lead this, and to challenge myself in a different 
environment to the one I’d been successful in 
previously, really excites me. 

28

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Q 

 What are the key building blocks that 
give you the confidence in achieving 
that vision? 

A 

A 

Q 
A	

Q 
A 

 Tribal ES has strong fundamentals. We have some 
really strong assets related to quality assurance and 
improvement in education, benchmarking and, latterly, 
skills and the school-to-work transition. We are well 
established in markets where we know that customers 
are buying these kinds of services and there is wider 
demand, which shows me there is opportunity.

 When we win work, we see customers sticking with us 
for multiple iterations and extensions of contracts and 
the team at Tribal have shown real commitment to the 
organisation and our clients over many years. Thanks to 
both these things, we can point to a strong track record 
of getting the job done in a range of different contexts: 
the ability to deliver at scale is crucial to our success.

 Have you learnt anything surprising 
about ES since you joined? 

	I	was	pretty	surprised	to	find	out	that	the	first	five	
people I spoke to had almost a century of service 
at Tribal between them! That’s a lot of institutional 
knowledge and an important balance to my newcomer’s 
view of the business. 

 What innovation has taken place 
across the division since you started? 

 We’re setting ourselves up to be more growth oriented 
with a couple of really important hires, to lead business 
development and our inspections proposition. And 
we’ve	also	redefined	the	roles	leading	each	of	our	
four business lines, making it clearer that fostering 
really positive, proactive relationships with our key 
customers should be the main focus of their efforts. 
We’ve already done a lot in terms of internal processes 
and operational effectiveness, trying to make sure that 
we have consistent, repeatable approaches to the main 
things we do on our larger-scale projects.

Q 
A 

 What has been the achievement you 
are most proud of this year?

 Obviously it’s been brilliant to win new work – we 
picked up an important contract with the DfE in the 
UK to quality assure the National Tutoring Programme, 
for example, as well as large new projects in the UAE 
and the US – but actually I think it’s that I’m beginning 
to see the signs of a really positive, accountable and 
ambitious team culture developing. 

The bigger picture 

Q 

 How and what have educational institutions 
been looking to change in response to the 
wider macro-economic climate in the past 
year?

A	

	Clearly	the	fiscal	environment	is	going	to	make	buyers	in	some	
territories think hard before spending. It’s stating the obvious 
but the current economic situation follows hot on the heels of 
COVID, which means that a lot of our government customers are 
looking at issues of education recovery and in particular how to 
help schools close the gap between children who have largely 
been able to access education during lockdowns, and those who 
haven’t. They will also want to see that money spent has impact 
and	I	suspect	workforce	sufficiency	and	quality	–	in	particular	
retaining teachers and school leaders – will become even more 
of a challenge in the next couple of years. 

Q 
A 

 How has ES evolved to meet those  
needs?

 These are all areas where Tribal has something to contribute. 
Governments globally are considering different models for 
providing more small group and 1:1 tutoring for children who 
have fallen behind their peers. Thanks to our work on the NTP, 
we have a unique set of insights into what quality looks like in 
this type of learning environment which I think can be of real 
value to commissioners, whether they’re governments, schools 
or parents. We also have important things to say on supporting 
teachers and leaders to develop and improve, which the 
research shows is a great way of retaining your workforce and 
makes them more impactful. 

A 

 More generally, we’re considering ways to change our delivery 
model, making us less reliant on expatriate consultants and 
helping	our	customers	to	derive	the	benefit	of	our	support	in	
ways which builds their capacity to improve too.

Tribal ESG

Q 
A 

 What other roles do you have at Tribal  
and what do you enjoy about them? 

 The role I’ve particularly enjoyed, if that’s the right word, is 
taking on leadership of the Sustainability aspect of our ESG 
strategy. It’s an issue which I personally care about a lot – and  
I know many of my colleagues do to – so having the chance to 
help steer Tribal’s strategic approach to these issues has been 
very welcome. Apart from the obvious need for everybody, 
businesses included, to be responding to the Climate 
Emergency, it just makes good business sense. Going back to 
my previous answer on how we are evolving, seeking ways in 
which we can deliver the same value in more cost effective, 
lighter	and	carbon	efficient	ways	must	be	good	for	everyone.

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

29

Environmental, Social and Governance Report

Tribal has always been committed to activities 
that benefit the environment and society, 
underpinned by good governance. We believe 
the credibility and sustainability of any 
business goes beyond pure financial gain; 
a principle demonstrated by our mission to 
empower the world of education.

Our core tenets
We believe our solutions have the potential to make a positive 
impact within the education sector in two key areas: increasing 
student well-being, diversity and success, while supporting the 
drive by the sector to lower carbon emissions. 

The issues of emotional wellbeing and diversity of their student 
populations are high on the agenda of many of the world’s 
educational institutions and we are committed to harnessing 
the power of cloud computing to help our customers in 
addressing these challenges and realising their goals. You can 
read more on this topic within the Social section of this report.

Educational institutions are also increasingly conscious of the 
role they can play in the global drive towards the reduction of 
carbon emission. We believe the move from the use of servers 
running localised versions of our software on site at our 
customers (our traditional SIS offerings), to our next-generation 
offerings, hosted within larger datacentres (Tribal:Cloud and 
Edge), will not only free our clients from the burden of running 
their own IT systems, but also reduce the overall power 
consumption required to deliver this technology. You can read 
more about this within the Environmental section of this report. 

Our priority areas
Alongside these two core tenets and as part of our journey to 
continually improve our approach and performance, the ESG 
Committee, chaired by Non-Executive Director, Nigel Halkes, 
ensures effective oversight and investment in these increasingly 
important areas. The Committee meets on a quarterly basis and 
members include Diane McIntyre, Chloe Payne and Matt Davis. 

The Committee focuses on priority areas for the Group and each 
area has key initiatives and objectives for the coming year and 
appropriate ownership from across our Executive Management 
Team. We have demonstrated where these priority areas  
align with the UN’s Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs),  
as shown below. 

Ultimate responsibility for Tribal’s ESG performance lies with  
the Board, but as our ESG commitments cement, we will 
continue to raise awareness amongst all staff members to 
encourage involvement in our ESG initiatives. 

In 2022, an ESG working group was formed to implement 
our initiatives across the Group, including Finance, Human 
Resources and Governance. 

Tribal is currently focused on improving its impact in the 
following areas.

ENVIRONMENTAL

SOCIAL

GOVERNANCE

Reduced carbon emissions

Diversity & Wellbeing

Compliance & Data

Reduced travel with  
carbon offset

Ongoing

Diversity within Tribal

Internal systems improvements

Ongoing

Ongoing

Cloud optimisation

Supporting student welfare

Global ISO certification

Ongoing

Ongoing

Ongoing

Enhancing sustainability in Supply Chain

New

e
v
i
t
a
i
t
i
n

I

t
n
e
m

t
i

m
m
o
C

s
G
D
S
N
U

30

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

 
Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

ENVIRONMENTAL
ENVIRONMENTAL

As previously demonstrated by our 
commitment to the Energy Savings 
Opportunity Scheme (ESOS), Tribal has  
been focused on reducing its environmental 
impact for a number of years. Though 
the pandemic has allowed us to improve 
our performance in many of these areas 
this year, we are determined to change 
behaviour on an ongoing basis so that such 
improvements can continue in the long term.

KEY INITIATIVE: 
Reduced travel with carbon offset: ongoing 
As part of our target to reduce air travel by 25% per head 
over	the	next	five	years,	we	issued	travel	guidelines	and	a	
travel mindfulness framework to all employees. Our Global 
Travel Manager has helped to refresh our global travel policy 
to	ensure	the	continuing	adoption	of	a	“remote	first”	model	
for service delivery and we have engaged with a new travel 
management company which includes the opportunity to 
join Green Travel initiatives whereby air travel can be offset 
with additional costs on the ticket price. 

Towards the end of 2021, we introduced an E-vehicle salary 
sacrifice	scheme	for	staff	with	the	aim	of	having	at	least	
10% of employees using the scheme by the end of 2023.  
We had six cars delivered in the year which saved 5.3 tonnes 
of CO2e, as much as 2,674 trees can absorb. The uptake in 
this scheme was impacted by the global supply shortage of 
EV components causing excessive lead times. Although many 
of our employees are remote workers, when travel cannot 
be avoided, we continue to look for new ways to offset our 
emissions with reductions elsewhere.

KEY INITIATIVE: 
Cloud consumption 
Our	Cloud	Optimisation	director	has	spent	the	year	defining	
our cloud computing strategy and overseeing our cloud 
consumption. Focus has been on developing policies and 
procedures to minimise waste in our cloud consumption 
by having excess servers running that we do not need. The 
Cloud commercial team are creating ‘baseline plans’ to track 
standard	“business	as	usual”	sizings	for	our	SITS	customers,	
meaning engineers can refer to accurate customer data on 
cloud usage and needs. 

Tribal’s cloud hosting providers, Amazon Web Services 
(AWS) and Microsoft, are also committed to building a 
sustainable business for customers and the planet. Ongoing 
discussions are being had with our providers about enabling 
visibility of Carbon Footprint data in order to actively reduce 
CO2 emissions. AWS is on path to achieve 100% renewable 
energy by 2025 and as the world’s largest corporate buyer 
of renewable energy, Amazon uses new renewable energy 
on the electric grid in Europe to help power its business 
operations. Microsoft has been carbon neutral across the 
world since 2012 and commits to being carbon negative by 
2030. Its goal is to promote sustainable development and 
low-carbon business practices globally through its cloud-
enabled technologies. Using cloud providers who are also 
committed to reducing carbon emissions, Tribal expects to 
see a positive impact on its global server usage and thereby 
that of its customers going forward.

Tribal is committed to contributing to a fairer and more 
socially inclusive world. As well as having a positive impact  
on our employees and customers, we are aware of the 
positive contribution we can make to wider society.

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

31

Environmental, Social and Governance Report continued

SOCIAL

Tribal is committed to contributing to a fairer 
and more socially inclusive world. As well as 
having a positive impact on our employees 
and customers, we are aware of the positive 
contribution we can make to wider society.

KEY INITIATIVE: 
Diversity within Tribal: ongoing
In 2022, we continued to focus on developing our 
approach to talent acquisition to ensure the business is 
hiring diversity into the business at representative rates. 
Throughout the year, we made net positive progress in the 
recruitment rate of ethnic minority and female employees 
and continue to develop our strategy to attract and retain 
the right talent. 

The team also focused on ensuring that we have a robust 
process of governance and oversight of our Equality, 
Diversity and Inclusion strategy founded upon a robust  
and data led evidence base. We now have the tools to 
examine how our focus on driving improvement in the  
gender and ethnicity balance is tracking on a month by 
month basis. Furthermore we have robust tracking of key  
“In,	On,	Up”	employment	outcome	metrics	to	ensure	that	 
we have strong and informative visibility of measures that 
matter in the employee life cycle, enabling us to ensure  
that our interventions are effective across the  
full employment journey.

It is important to ensure that we have an inclusive 
organisation where diverse talent is developed, engaged and 
retained. During 2022 we therefore partnered with external 
diversity and inclusion experts, Business in the Community, 
who conducted an organisation-wide employee engagement 
analysis to provide detailed insight into perceptions of 
belonging, culture and progression at Tribal. The insight 
gathered from this survey is driving our 2023 strategic 
priorities in equality, diversity and inclusion at Tribal ensuring 
that action plans are directly informed by our colleagues and 
targeted where they will have most impact. 

2022 has seen us further embed our pay equity  
methodology ensuring that a fair and data driven approach 
founded on pay equity is a key component of our pay and 
recognition strategy. 

32

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

KEY INITIATIVE: 
Supporting Student welfare: ongoing

Through Edge

In response to the change in focus towards mental health, 
accelerated by the global pandemic, and the increasing 
pressure for student faculties to take a holistic approach to 
the mental health of their students, Tribal has recognised 
the need to develop its support services solution offered  
to universities. SID has been hugely successful and the 
best-in-class Higher Education ticketing and enquiry 
management solution for many years, but in order to allow 
universities to proactively support more students, Tribal 
has developed the Student Support & Wellbeing solution 
which enables all forms of student support to be securely 
managed in the cloud. Universities with high drop-out 
rates are under pressure to improve retention rates and 
Tribal’s solutions have analytics which provide intelligent 
intervention to enable staff to predict and intervene when  
a student is at risk.

The Student Support & Wellbeing solution covers the full 
welfare agenda, allowing all forms of student support to be 
managed from within a central record. Through the power 
of technology, students have been able to get the answers 
they need, communicate with their lecturers and peers, and 
manage appointments from a single app. This has enabled 
universities to improve response times and reduce the 
queues, ensuring student wellbeing is at the forefront of 
their approach. The solution helps to bring a student’s data 
together and gives universities all the tools needed to truly 
understand that individual. In turn this has helped to prevent 
future issues, spot problems before they happen and 
improve retention rates. 

We have supported ‘Student Minds’ since 2021. 
Student Minds is the UK’s student mental health charity, 
empowering students and members of the university 
community to look after their own mental health, support 
others and create change. We made a donation to the 
charity to support its mission to empower students to look 
after their mental health, support others and create change 
and align to our desire to make a positive societal impact. 

To ensure our contribution extended beyond a passive 
donation, we also worked in partnership with Student 
Minds to seek opportunities to further contribute to this 
worthwhile cause, providing marketing support and using 
our presence in Higher Education to help the charity extend 
its reach in to new and varied institutions and stakeholders. 
We have actively advocated the Student Minds Mental 
Health Charter in blogs and webinars and invested in 
customer coffee mornings to facilitate dialogue about the 
mental health challenge facing the sector.

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

KEY INITIATIVE: 
Enhancing sustainability in Supply Chain
Supply chain management touches all aspects of ESG and 
is	the	first	shared	initiative.	In	2022	Tribal	introduced	its	
Supplier Management Framework to ensure consistent 
supplier management throughout the organisation, including 
effective governance and best practice within its supply 
chains. The aim of the framework is to support working in 
partnership with its suppliers, ensuring quality and good 
management of supply-chain risk. 

The focus in 2023 will be to provide training to key 
procurement personnel within the organisation to further 
enhance sustainability within the supply chain. This will 
include engaging and work with 30 of our key suppliers 
throughout the year to promote and enhance sustainability 
throughout our supply chains, integrating social and 
environmental clauses into our supplier contracts and 
improving our Ratings Agency score in relation to supplier 
management by 10%. We will develop our internal reporting 
on sustainable procurement issues including completing a 
Corporate Social Responsibility risk analysis which will be 
used in the development and re-issue of our Supplier Code 
of Conduct and to manage our supply chains accordingly.

ENVIRONMENTAL
GOVERNANCE

Tribal is committed to maintaining high 
standards of corporate governance and has 
adopted the Quoted Companies Alliance 
Corporate Governance Code. The Board 
will continue to develop its governance 
arrangements particularly in respect of 
environmental and social issues, including 
any changes required as a result of the 
requirements of the Taskforce on Climate-
related Financial Disclosures.

KEY INITIATIVE: 
Global ISO certification: ongoing
Across the UK, Tribal has maintained the ISO27001 Standard 
for Information Security and the ISO9001 Standard for 
Quality Management for the last several years. In 2022, the 
Group	built	on	its	aim	to	achieve	a	globalised	certification	
with ISO Compliance broadening to Australia and the 
Philippines,	in	addition	to	achieving	ISO	certificates	for	
our most recent acquisitions, Semestry Ltd and Semestry 
Netherlands.	Being	globally	aligned	and	certified	is	important	
for mitigating our risks and assuring our customers. In 2023 
we	will	maintain	our	current	ISO	certifications	and	bring	the	
Global Delivery Center (GDC), Malaysia, into scope by end 
2023,	in	addition	to	securing	an	ISO	22301	certification	for	
Business Continuity by end 2023. 

KEY INITIATIVE: 
Internal systems improvement: ongoing
In	January	2023	the	new	finance	and	subscriptions	system	
went live across the Group, following an extensive design, 
implementation, and data transformation process. The 
new systems allow process standardisation, automation, 
enhanced control and integrations enabling staff to 
be repurposed to higher value activity and a stronger 
governance process and improved reporting capability 
for our SaaS product sets.

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

33

Environmental, Social and Governance Report continued

Living up to our values:

Our culture and values
The success of Tribal is dependent on our culture – the way 
we think, behave and act towards each other and our key 
stakeholders. We bring together highly talented people in a 
creative and collaborative environment, and are united through 
our well-established values, which we continually reinforce 
and celebrate. 

Our values are:
Trustworthy: We value honest discussion, we anticipate,  
listen and respond to requirements and we rely on each other.

Pioneering: We welcome change, we strive to innovate and 
we aim to meet the needs of the ever-evolving education 
marketplace.

Accountable: We take ownership, we keep our promises and  
are focused on delivering successful outcomes.

Dedicated: We are committed to our customers; work to 
secure long-term partnerships and we collaborate to deliver 
optimum solutions.

We continue to run the Tribal Impact awards to recognise those 
across the Group who have gone above and beyond in living 
out Tribal’s values. The peer-nominated awards were initially 
introduced to celebrate highly talented people and they are now 
truly embedded within Tribal’s culture, across all geographies.

2022 Key achievements:
With the above values in mind, we made good progress against 
our ESG objectives in the year, including achieving the following:

Environmental
•  Awarded a Bronze award from EcoVadis for Sustainability 

achievements.

•  Tribal has committed to planting 25 trees for every new 

starter Globally via accredited schemes, to date 3,600 trees 
have been funded.

•  Octopus Electric Vehicle car scheme launched in the UK with 
six cars live, saving 5.3 tonnes of CO2e, which is as much as 
2,674 trees can absorb.

•  Supplier Management Framework rolled out to drive the right 

behaviours in terms of sustainable procurement.

Social 
•  Measures against long-term targets for representation are 
moving in the right direction e.g. continued year-on-year 
increase in both gender and ethnicity representation. Net 
hiring rate for gender and ethnicity is up.

•  Continues to be disparity in turnover and engagement 

amongst minority groups. The 2022 actions to inform the 
right long-term strategies and actions are complete, including 
a global diversity and inclusion survey which is providing 
important insights into why the differences may be occurring. 

•  Student Council set up in the year, with two Co-Chairs 
appointed and eight council members being appointed 
across Higher and Further Education institutions (six HE and 
two FE) providing a good forum for feedback on our products.

34

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Governance
•  Secured	ISO	certification	for	our	two	recent	acquisitions,	

Semestry UK and Semestry Netherlands.

• 

 Preparations underway to bring the Global Delivery Centre, 
Kuala Lumpur, into scope in 2023.

•  Secured	Cyber	Essentials+	certification	secured	for	ebs,	

Maytas, SITS and Edge in December 2022.  

• 

 All remaining cloud products and internal IT systems to be 
certified	by	end	2023.

•  Compliance training completion rate of over 95% globally.

•  AWS are supporting Tribal through the ‘AWS Practitioner’ 

Course	which	will	provide	certification	in	‘Cloud	Economics’	
to support cost optimisation for Cloud. 

Streamlined energy and carbon reporting (SECR)
The credibility and longevity of any business goes beyond 
pure	financial	gain;	a	principle	long-embodied	and	supported	
by Tribal’s strong values-based culture and approach to 
environmental, social and governance issues.

Tribal is subject to the Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting 
(SECR)	Framework	Regulations.	Our	energy	consumption	figures	
(see Table 1) and our greenhouse gas emissions relating to gas, 
electricity and transport (see Table 2) as well as an intensity 
ratio,	and	information	relating	to	our	energy	efficiency	action	are	
presented as follows.

In 2022, our Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions were 88.26 tCO2e 
(2021: 102.17 tCO2e). The greatest contributors to Scope 1 
and Scope 2 operational emissions are the electricity and gas 
used in powering our buildings. In the year we saw an increase in 
our	gas	usage	as	our	offices	opened	fully	following	a	staggered	
re-opening in 2021 because of the easing of COVID restrictions. 
This was offset by the reduction in our purchased electricity as 
we tried, where possible, to reduce surplus property space. The 
amount of electricity from renewable sources increased to over 
40% as we continue to focus on reducing the environmental 
impact	of	our	offices.	Scope	3	emissions	are	attributed	to	fuel	
used in employees’ cars on business use. 

In 2022 Scope 3 emissions were 50.10tCO2e (2021: 14.73 
tCO2e), the increase in the year was expected as COVID travel 
restrictions were lifted and travel began to remobilise. Whilst 
we continue to operate a remote delivery policy for customer 
implementations, our sales teams and senior management have 
been able to travel to customers for in-person meetings. We 
continue to be cognisant of all travel and operate a mindful travel 
policy to ensure travel is kept to a minimum where possible. 

Our intensity ratio (Scope 1, 2 & 3 emissions relative to 
revenue) is 1.66 tCO2e/£m (2021: 1.45 tCO2e/£m) with Scope 3 
emissions driving the increase. Tribal Group plc is an unquoted 
large company for the purpose of SECR, we are therefore only 
required to report on UK energy usage. 

Tribal have followed the 2019 UK Government environmental 
reporting	guidance.	The	figures	relate	to	the	required	elements	 
of each Scope 3 category rather than the optional elements. 
Tribal have used 2021 UK Government’s Conversion Factors  
for Company Reporting. 

Only energy consumed in the UK has been reported and the 
Group have taken the exemption to exclude emissions and 
energy consumed outside of the UK and offshore area.

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Table 1: 2022 energy consumption

Area

Electricity

Category

Electricity

Gas

Stationary combustion

Natural gas

22,536

Transport fuel

Combustion of fuel used in personal cars on business use

183,484

Sub-category

2022 
consumption

2021 
consumption

Purchased electricity

251,241

Renewable electricity

183,893

285,836

183,682

13,536

54,981

Change Units

(34,595)kWh

212

kWh

9,000

kWh

128,572 kWh

Table 2: Scope 1, 2 and 3 intensity ratio

Year ended 31 December 2022

Scope 1

Scope 2

Scope 3

Total

Tonnes of CO2e
Percentage

Emissions intensity relative to revenue (tCO2e/£m)

4.11

3%

0.05

84.15

61%

1.01

50.10

36%

0.60

Year ended 31 December 2021

Scope 1

Scope 2

Scope 3

Tonnes of CO2e
Percentage

Emissions intensity relative to revenue (tCO2e/£m)

2.48

2%

0.03

89.78

84%

1.11

14.73

14%

0.18

138.36

100%

1.66

Total

71.87

100%

0.89

Energy efficiency action 
Having	successfully	transitioned	to	a	“remote-first”	business,	we	remobilised	business-essential	travel	through	the	introduction	 
of a travel mindfulness framework, ensuring that any business travel enables positive outcome for the organisation.

We continued to rationalise our global Property portfolio, reducing redundant space where practicable to do so. As part of this,  
we also recycled or repurposed surplus equipment and furniture to local charities for onward use and reviewed print requirements 
globally,	reducing	multi-function	printers,	and	installed	LED	lighting	replacement	at	offices.

Throughout the year, we continued the roll-out of the updated Supplier Management Framework, with a clear focus on sustainable 
procurement throughout our supply chain and continued to reduce unnecessary consumption across our Cloud Services and support 
Cloud migration where possible.

Our	e-vehicle	salary	sacrifice	scheme	continued	to	expand,	achieving	a	saving	of	9	tonnes	of	CO2e emissions by 2022 year-end. 
In November, 2022 we completed an EcoVadis ratings assessment and were awarded a Bronze Award in recognition of sustainability 
achievement.

Nigel Halkes
Chairman, ESG Committee

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT

This information has been prepared solely to provide information to shareholders to assess how the Directors have performed 
their duty to promote the success of the Group. The Strategic report contains certain forward-looking statements. These 
statements are made by the Directors in good faith based on the information available to them up to the time of their approval 
of this report and such statements should be treated with caution due to the inherent uncertainties, including both economic and 
business risk factors, which underlie any such forward-looking statement. 

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

35

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

The Group is exposed to a number of risks and uncertainties which could have a material impact on the 
future performance of the Group. The table below summarises the key risks that the Directors consider  
the business faces and how the Group seeks to mitigate them.

Risk Title

Risk Description

Mitigation

Strategic  
Transformation

Failure to successfully 
implement and manage 
growth strategies.

Movement in year:
Same  –

The Group continues to pursue expansion both 
organically and through acquisition, as we 
transition to becoming a pure-play Ed Tech  
SaaS business. 

Such transformation may present various 
challenges such as:
•  Increased demands on management attention 
due to acquisitions and wider product portfolio

•  Ensuring acquisitions deliver on their growth 

potential 

•  Entering new geographic markets and 

evaluating market, legal and regulatory risks

•  Ensuring the business operations can scale 
effectively and support our SAAS products

Failure can lead to impairment of assets 
acquired, reputational damage and impact 
overall	financial	performance	of	the	group.

Project and  
Service Delivery

Delivery of major 
projects and ongoing 
software and service 
delivery may not 
meet customer’s 
expectations 
or contractual 
requirements.

Movement in year:
Increased  p

The Group’s activities includes major software 
installation projects which are typically one 
to	two	years	in	length	and	involve	significant	
process change to our customers core business 
operations. The complexity of our customers’ 
systems and ability to change can impact our 
ability to deliver to contract and require adept 
project management. 

Our Tribal:Cloud customers in particular rely on 
our ability to maintain our service levels and 
ensure appropriate continuity of service despite 
potential wider global disruption from pandemics 
for example, or supply chain issues. 

A failure to deliver can lead to increased 
implementation costs, disputed invoices, penalty 
payments, reputational damage and an impact on 
other ongoing projects. 

The Group has an experienced management team 
and performance against strategy is closely 
monitored, with oversight by the Board. In the 
year we bolstered our executive team, with 
three refocused roles covering Service Delivery, 
Customer Success and Sales. 

Structured working committees and oversight 
boards are in place to focus on integrating 
new businesses into the group, manage our 
internal transformation programme (Veritas) 
and ensure delivery against our objectives and 
financial	metrics.

Veritas will focus on building SaaS business 
processes,	driving	simplification,	standardisation,	
and optimisation right across the value chain to 
enable delivery of our growth targets.

Appropriate due diligence is carried out by 
the	Company	prior	to	the	identification	and	
completion of an acquisition and incentive/
retention schemes are put in place for certain 
key personal.

Strong controls are maintained to ensure 
successful project delivery and project progress 
is reviewed monthly at Executive Management 
level with Board oversight.

The Group engages with premium cloud 
computing suppliers (e.g. Microsoft Azure and 
Amazon AWS), the architecture and contracts 
of which facilitate high-level response SLAs 
and a quick recovery in the event of a single 
region failure.

The Group maintains a formal Delegation of 
Authority matrix to ensure appropriate visibility 
and approval of all customer contracts to ensure 
liabilities are reasonable and onerous contract 
clauses are avoided.

The	Group	has	been	significantly	impacted	by	
one customer implementation in Singapore due 
to changing scope and complexity. The Group 
will continue to perform internal reviews of 
implementation projects and learnings will be 
carried forward to future contracts and ensure 
appropriate mitigations are put in place.

36

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Risk Title

Risk Description

Mitigation

Innovation and 
Technology

The Group’s software 
development 
programme needs to 
deliver to customers' 
requirements and 
keep pace with market 
developments.

Movement in year:
Increased  p

Our customers face increasing pressure to 
provide the best student experience and 
outcomes	and	require	flexible	cloud-native,	
SaaS software solutions. 

Challenges arise from the ability to deliver 
new software products to time, budget and 
to	a	sufficient	quality	to	ensure	a	successful	
implementation to our customers.

A failure to deliver will result in lower sales, 
higher churn reputational damage and 
obsolete products. 

The Edge product development roadmap is 
focused	on	ensuring	the	Group	can	fulfil	our	
customer demands. 

The Group continues to invest in its internal 
engineering and product development capability 
to enable delivery to meet customer needs. 

Over	the	next	three	to	five	years	our	
customers focus will be transitioning their 
Student Management Systems to the cloud, 
before expanding into a greater number of 
next-generation, cloud-native applications. 
Management have adjusted the product road 
map	accordingly	to	fit	with	customer	trends	
while maintaining a competitive advantage on 
our product offerings.

The Group operates a Secure Data Centre and 
continues	to	implement	ISO	27001	certification	
across the business. Continued investment 
in security software and training for all staff 
enforces good practice on data security. In 
addition, the Group has its own Data Protection 
Officer	who	ensures	compliance	with	GDPR.	

The Group annually renews its cyber insurance 
to mitigate risks, and works closely with its 
insurance brokers to navigate an increasingly 
challenging global insurance market. 

As with other software and cloud-based business 
there is an increasing risk of our systems 
being compromised by deliberate attacks or 
unintentional acts, which could lead to a loss 
of IP, unauthorised data access or data loss. A 
successful cyber-attack against our information 
assets	could	significantly	impact	our	ability	to	
function and retain and attract business, as well 
as	potential	financial	penalties	from	regulators.

With a wider geographic presence, there is 
increased risk from multiple regulatory data 
protection and information security requirements 
which need to be closely monitored. A failure 
to	follow	requirements	could	lead	to	financial	
penalties, reputational damage and their 
consequent impact on our overall performance.

Business growth requires key skill sets which are 
in demand, in product areas such as Tribal:Cloud 
and	Dynamics.	With	increased	inflation	and	
rotation in the market it becomes increasingly 
important to attract and retain people in our 
key roles.

Increased staff turnover and vacancies 
may hinder our ability to manage operations 
effectively and impact sales, product 
development or software implementations.

The Group has incentive schemes designed to 
attract, motivate, and retain key employees, 
whilst encouraging appropriate behaviours. 
We aim to provide competitive remuneration 
packages and training for all staff. 

The Group’s commitment to improving the 
diversity within our workforce will assist overall 
performance and help to widen our pool of 
potential candidates. 

The Group operates across several jurisdictions 
that have varying legal, tax and compliance 
requirements. Any non-compliance with 
customer contract requirements and legislation 
or regulatory requirements could have an 
adverse effect on the Group’s reputation or 
financial	results.

The Group monitors proposed or adopted legal 
and regulatory changes, assessing the impact 
changes have on the business operations 
and implementing appropriate safeguards to 
ensure compliance. External advisors are used 
when required.
We operate a no-tolerance culture supported 
by our values and ethical standards. All relevant 
training is provided to staff and policies are 
updated	regularly	to	reflect	required	changes.

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

37

Information 
Management and 
Data Security

Security breaches, 
cyber-attacks or 
outages could harm 
the Group by disrupting 
our internal and 
customers' operations.

Movement in year:
Increased  p

People

Failure to attract and 
retain skilled sales, 
software development 
and other key 
operational employees 
could harm the Group’s 
performance.

Movement in year:
Increased  p

Legal & Regulatory 
Requirements 

Movement in year:
Same  –

Board of Directors

“The Board, has a good blend of 
Tribal faces.”“

backgrounds pertinent to the 
challenges and opportunities 

Key to Committee Membership

N Nomination Committee

R Remuneration Committee

A Audit Committee

E ESG Committee

Richard Last
Chairman

N

R E 

Appointed
Richard joined the Board in November 2015.

Experience
Richard is currently Chairman and Non-Executive Director of AIM listed Gamma 
Communications plc. In addition, Richard is a Non-Executive Director of AIM 
listed Corero Network Security plc and Non-Executive Chairman of fully listed 
HYVE Group plc. Richard is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in 
England and Wales (FCA) and has over 30 years experience of Public Companies, 
particularly IT Software and Services and Communications businesses.

Mark Pickett
Chief	Executive	Officer

N

E 

Appointed
Mark joined Tribal and the Board in July 2016.

Experience
Previously	he	was	Chief	Financial	Officer	and	Finance	Director,	UK	of	
Computer Sciences Corp (CSC), a US-based global leader in technology-
enabled business solutions and services. Mark also spent 18 years 
in	a	variety	of	senior	finance	roles	with	Oracle	across	a	number	of	
geographies, primarily in its software businesses.

38

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Diane McIntyre
Chief	Financial	Officer

E 

Appointed
Diane joined the Board on 15 September 2021.

Experience
Diane	has	over	25	years’	experience	in	finance	roles,	including	her	most	
recent role as Director of Finance at Sky UK Limited, and previous senior 
financial	and	executive	positions	at	Vodafone	Group	plc	and	Cable	and	
Wireless	plc.	As	an	experienced	finance	leader,	Diane	has	a	wealth	of	
knowledge across commercial negotiation, strategy development and 
operational expansion..

Roger McDowell
Senior Independent Director

N

R A

Appointed
Roger joined the Board in November 2015.

Experience
Roger is currently serving as Non-Executive Chairman of Avingtrans 
plc, Hargreaves Services plc, Brand Architeckts plc (formerly 
Swallowfield),	Non-Executive	Director	of	Proteone	Sciences	plc	and	
British Smaller Companies VCT 2 plc.

Nigel Halkes
Non-Executive Director

Appointed
Nigel joined the Board in January 2020.

N

R A

E 

Experience
Nigel is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England 
and	Wales	(FCA).	He	qualified	with	EY	and	had	a	successful	career	with	
EY, retiring as Managing Partner UK and Ireland in 2013. Nigel is a Non-
Executive Director of Hargreaves Services plc and was a Non-Executive 
Director at FreeAgent Holdings plc, a provider of Software as a Service 
based accounting solutions, from its successful 2016 IPO to its acquisition 
by RBS in 2018. Nigel continues to take time to develop his Non-Executive 
leadership skills.

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

39

Executive Committee

Mark Pickett
Chief	Executive	Officer
Appointed
Mark joined Tribal and the 
Board in July 2016

Experience
See biography on page 38

Mike Cope
Chief	Technology	Officer

Appointed
Mike joined Tribal in September 2019

Diane McIntyre
Chief	Financial	Officer
Appointed
Diane joined Tribal on 1 June 2021.

Experience
See biography on page 39

Experience
Mike	was	formerly	Chief	Information	Officer	at	University	College	London	(UCL),	Mike	is	
an experienced Board level leader, with success in leading businesses during periods of 
growth.	Mike’s	previous	roles	saw	the	delivery	of	significant	strategic	change	programmes	
within the IT sector as well as creating an improved customer product rating while reducing  
IT operation costs.

Chloe Payne
Director of HR

Appointed
Chloe joined Tribal’s HR team in 2007.

Experience
Chloe has been part of many notable aspects in Tribal’s evolution, including the early days of our 
internationalisation. Chloe was appointed to lead the function globally in April 2017. Prior to Tribal, Chloe 
worked in the Health sector, supporting a large social care organisation through a period of sustained 
growth, and at Cambridge Assessment where she managed their recruitment function internationally.

40

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Matt Davis
Managing Director – Education Services

Appointed
Matt joined Tribal in March 2022

Experience
Having worked as a teacher, teacher trainer and leader for a decade, Matt moved into 
education	consulting	ten	years	ago,	working	for	an	international	non-profit,	Education	
Development	Trust.	He	spent	five	years	there	designing	large,	complex	education	
reform programmes for governments around the world then became the UK Regional 
Director, leading on the Trust’s work for the UK Department for Education.

Cheryl Watson 
Sales Director

Appointed
Cheryl was appointed to the Exec Board in December 2022

Experience
Cheryl is an accomplished sales leader in the education sector, working across all three 
core education markets. Prior to joining Tribal in 2012, Cheryl held sales director roles 
at other technology organisations, working with customers in multi-year technology 
programmes, building appropriate sales teams and processes to support growth.

Tawfiq Sleett
Global Customer Services Director

Appointed
Tawfiq	joined	Tribal	in	January	2022

Experience
Tawfiq	brings	a	wealth	of	experience	having	held	senior	leadership	positions	at	global	
SaaS providers in AdTech, Learning & Talent Management, and AI. With over 20 years 
of	experience	working	in	software	companies,	Tawfiq	led	global	Professional	Services,	
Customer Success and Support teams, implementing and transforming talent and 
processes with a real focus on improving Customer Success and retention.

Paul Davies
Global Professional Services Director

Appointed
Paul joined in April 2022

Experience
Paul brings a wealth of international experience through senior positions with Oracle as a 
member of the professional services EMEA management team. Paul was responsible for 
innovation and transformation of SaaS project delivery focusing on global delivery tools, 
methods and business development across the range of Oracle’s products. He began his 
consultancy career with Price Waterhouse Coopers as an analyst and project manager.

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

41

Corporate Governance Statement 

Tribal is committed to high standards of corporate 
governance and maintaining sound business ethics.

The Directors acknowledge the importance of good corporate governance and has formally adopted the 10 principles of the 
Quoted Companies Alliance Code (QCA). This Annual Report, together with the information on our website (www.tribalgroup.
com/investors/governance), sets out how we comply with the principles of the QCA Code and provides insights into how our 
governance framework underpins our day-to-day activities and decisions.

QCA Code Principle

Explanation

Establish a strategy and 
business model which promotes 
long-term value for shareholders

Tribal is a world-class company, providing the expertise, 
software and services needed by education and business 
organisations worldwide. Everything we do underpins the 
experience and success of our customers’ students.

Additional Information

Pages 2 to 3 and 8 to 9

Seek to understand and 
meet shareholder needs and 
expectations

The CEO and CFO communicate regularly with shareholders, 
investors and analysts, including at our half-yearly results 
roadshows. The full Board is available at the Annual General 
Meeting (‘AGM’) to communicate with shareholders.

Pages 26 to 27
https://www.
tribalgroup.com/
investors/governance

Take into account wider 
stakeholder and social 
responsibilities and their 
implications for long-term success

In addition to our shareholders, our customers, contractors, 
suppliers and employees are our most important stakeholders. 
We engage with these communities via regular communications 
in our day-to-day activities, and via formal feedback requests.

Pages 26 to 27
Pages 30 to 35

Embed effective risk 
management, considering both 
opportunities and threats, 
throughout the organisation

Maintain the Board as a  
well-functioning, balanced  
team led by the Chair

Ultimate responsibility for risk management rests with the 
Board but day-to-day management of risk is delivered through 
the way we do business and our culture

Pages 36 to 37

The Board has four established Committees for Audit, 
Remuneration, Nomination and ESG. The composition and 
experience of the Board is reviewed regularly, primarily by the 
Nomination Committee.

Pages 38 to 39
https://www.
tribalgroup.com/
investors/directors

Ensure that between them the 
Directors have the necessary 
up-to-date experience, skills  
and capabilities

The	Board	is	satisfied	that	its	current	composition	includes	
an appropriate balance of skills, experience and capabilities, 
including experience of the education, software technology and 
international markets.

Pages 38 to 41

Evaluate Board performance 
based on clear and relevant 
objectives, seeking continuous 
improvement

The Board regularly considers the effectiveness and relevance 
of its contributions, any learning and development needs and 
the level of scrutiny of the Senior Management Team. 

Promote a corporate culture  
that is based on ethical values  
and behaviours

Our Environmental, Social and Governance Report section sets out 
our corporate values, behaviours and culture, which are reinforced 
via collaborative working, training and performance management.

https://www.
tribalgroup.com/
investors/governance/
management-framework

Pages 30 to 35

Maintain governance structures 
and	processes	that	are	fit	for	
purpose and support good 
decision-making by the Board

The Board is responsible for the Group’s overall strategic direction 
and management, and for the establishment and maintenance of 
a framework of delegated authorities and controls to ensure the 
efficient	and	effective	management	of	the	Group’s	operations.	
The Board maintains a list of matters reserved for the Board.

https://www.
tribalgroup.com/
investors/governance/
management-
framework

Communicate how the Company 
is governed and is performing 
by maintaining a dialogue with 
shareholders and other relevant 
stakeholders

The Investors section of our website includes our results, 
presentations and communications to shareholders. We release 
the results of general meetings through a regulatory news 
service and also on the Regulatory News section of our website.

https://www.
tribalgroup.com/
investors

42

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

The plc Board applies the principles of good governance and supports a culture of open debate and constructive challenge to enable 
Tribal	to	meet	its	objectives.	In	fulfilling	their	responsibilities,	the	Directors	govern	the	Group	in	the	best	interest	of	the	Company	and	its	
shareholders whilst having due regard to the interests of other stakeholders including customers, employees, suppliers and regulators. 

Governance Structure

The plc Board
The plc Board is responsible for the Company’s systems of Corporate Governance. 

The Non-Executive Directors are Richard Last, Roger McDowell and Nigel Halkes, all are considered to be independent of management and 
free from any business or other relationships, including consideration of shareholdings that could materially interfere with the exercise of 
their independent judgement. The Non-Executive Directors meet at least once a year without the Executive Directors present.

All Directors are required to submit to re-election each year at the Annual General Meeting (AGM) of the Company. All the Directors 
have access to the advice and services of the Legal Counsel. Each Director is entitled, if necessary, to seek independent professional 
advice at the Company’s expense. 

The Board meets at least eight times each year with additional meetings when circumstances and urgent business dictate. At these 
meetings	the	Board	reviews	a	schedule	of	reserved	matters	including	trading	performance,	financial	strength,	strategy	(including	
investment and acquisition opportunities), risk management, controls, compliance, reports to shareholders and succession management. 

The Board plans to evaluate its performance and that of its Committees through a process of regular dialogue and periodic formal  
Board evaluations.

The Board may, on occasion, delegate authority to a sub-committee consisting of at least one plc Director and senior manager  
as	appropriate	to	facilitate	final	sign-off	for	an	agreed	course	of	action	within	strict	parameters.	

Board Committees 
The plc Board has established four Committees to assist with its effective operation: the Audit Committee, the Remuneration 
Committee, the Nomination Committee and the Environmental, Social and Governance Committee. Each Committee has 
responsibilities to the Board which are outlined in formal Terms of Reference that have been approved by the Board. The Terms of 
Reference, which are available on the Group’s website www.tribalgroup.com, are subject to annual review to ensure the Committees 
continue to follow best practice. The Chairman of each Committee reports to the plc Board after each Committee meeting and 
minutes are tabled at the next plc Board meeting. The responsibilities and operation of the Committees are summarised below:

Audit Committee

Environmental, Social and Governance 
(“ESG”) Committee

The Committee, chaired by Nigel Halkes, meets at least three 
times a year. It monitors the integrity of the Half Year and Annual 
Report and Accounts and formal announcements relating to the 
Group’s	financial	performance.	It	reviews	significant	financial	
reporting issues, accounting policies and disclosures, key 
judgements, reviews the effectiveness of internal controls, as 
well as overseeing the engagement and scope of the annual audit.

The Audit Committee report on pages 46 to 47 contains further 
information on the Committee’s role and activities.

The Committee, Chaired by Nigel Halkes, meets four times 
a year. It makes recommendations to the Board on the 
overarching ESG vision and priorities within Tribal to advance 
our approach, engage our colleagues throughout the 
business,	and	further	refine	and	develop	the	details	of	our	
ESG strategy.

The ESG Committee report on pages 30 to 35 contains 
further information on the Committee’s role and activities.

Remuneration Committee

Nomination Committee

The Committee, chaired by Roger McDowell, meets at least 
once a year. It reviews and makes recommendations as to 
the	Directors’	remuneration,	including	benefits,	terms	of	
appointment and share schemes.

The Remuneration Committee report on pages 49 to 53 
contains further information on the Committee’s role and 
activities.

The Committee, chaired by Richard Last, meets at least once 
a year. It leads the process for Board structure, size and 
composition of the Board and its Committees, and makes 
recommendations to the Board with regard to any changes 
required to ensure an appropriate balance of skills, expertise, 
knowledge, diversity and independence. The Nomination 
Committee report on page 48 contains further information on 
the Committee’s role and activities.

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

43

Corporate Governance Statement continued

Membership of Board Committees and attendance at Board and Committee meetings during the 12-month period under review are as 
follows:

Committee

Number of meetings in period

Meetings attended by members:

Richard Last

Roger McDowell

Nigel Halkes

Mark Pickett

Diane McIntyre

* By invitation

Executive Board 

plc Board

Audit 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Nominations 
Committee

ESG 
Committee

12

12

12

12

11

12

4

1*

4

4

2*

4*

3

3

3

3

3*

3*

2

2

2

2

2

2*

3

2

–

3

3

3

The Executive Board is chaired by Mark Pickett. The members of the Executive Board are drawn from the heads of the business units 
and other operational areas. The Executive Board typically meets monthly but the members interact frequently in the normal course 
of	their	roles.	The	Executive	Board	oversees	the	Group’s	operational	and	financial	performance	and	is	responsible	for	day-to-day	
management decisions in line with the Group’s strategy. It also considers succession planning and talent management. Further 
matters are outlined in the Delegated Authorities.

Global Governance Committee

Whilst	not	a	formal	Board	Committee,	the	Global	Governance	Committee	is	chaired	by	the	Chief	Financial	Officer	and	reports	to	the	
Chief	Executive	Officer.	The	Committee	meets	monthly	and	includes	representatives	from	Finance,	Information	Services,	Human	
Resources, Legal, Compliance, Property and Procurement. There are separate sub-committees for Health & Safety and Information 
Security which monitor relevant legislative and regulatory requirements.

Internal controls and risk management 

The Board is responsible for establishing and monitoring internal control and risk management systems throughout the Group and 
assessing their effectiveness. The Board recognises that rigorous systems of internal control are critical to the Group’s achievement 
of its business objectives and that those systems are designed to manage rather than eliminate risk of failure to achieve business 
objectives. The internal control and risk management systems can only provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance against material 
misstatement or loss. 

Tribal maintains a risk framework that contains the key risks faced by the Group. The framework includes the impact and likelihood of 
key risks and the controls and procedures implemented to mitigate them. Risk management is embedded within Tribal by: 

• 

setting strategic direction, including targets; 

•  maintaining a clear authorisation framework; 

• 

reviewing and approving annual plans and budgets; 

•  maintaining documented policies and procedures; and 

• 

regularly reviewing and monitoring the Group’s performance in relation to risk through monthly Board reports. 

The Directors are also responsible for the Group’s system of internal control and for reviewing its effectiveness. The Audit Committee 
reviews	the	Group’s	internal	financial	controls	and	risk	management	systems	and	the	Board	reviews	the	effectiveness	of	all	the	
Group’s internal controls including operational and compliance controls and risk management systems in effect during the period.

To further manage risks faced by the Group, the Company attempts to ensure that employees fully understand the Group’s business 
strategy	and	objectives.	The	Group’s	communication	and	consultation	programme	includes	regular	internal	briefings	by	Directors	to	
all	employees	throughout	the	year.	Regular	meetings	are	held	with	staff	and	managers,	both	to	discuss	specific	issues	and	provide	an	
exchange of information. Email communication and the Group’s intranet site also to provide information to employees. 

The Group operates a comprehensive budgeting system whereby managers submit detailed budgets and forecasts, which are 
reviewed and approved by Executive Directors prior to submission to the Board for approval. Each month, actual results are reported 
against budget and forecast which are distributed to managers and are provided to the Board in advance of meetings. 

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022
44 Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Indexed share price performance 

The following graph compares the Group's share price with comparable AIM indices over the past six years.

200

150

100

50

Jan 17

Aug 17

Mar 18

Oct 18

May 19

Dec 19

Jul 20

Feb 21

Sep 21

Apr 22

Nov 22

Tribal Group

FTSE AIM All Share

FTSE AIM All Share – Tech

Communication with shareholders 

The	Group	reports	formally	to	shareholders	when	its	annual	and	half-yearly	financial	statements	are	published.	At	the	same	time,	
Executive	Directors	present	the	results	to	institutional	investors,	analysts	and	the	media.	Notification	of	the	date	of	the	AGM	is	sent	
to shareholders at least 21 working days in advance of the meeting. Details of the AGM are set out in the Notice of Meeting. The 
Directors are available at the AGM to answer questions, both during the course of the meeting, and informally afterwards. Contact 
with	major	shareholders	is	principally	maintained	by	the	Chief	Executive	Officer	and	the	Chief	Financial	Officer,	who	ensure	that	their	
views are communicated to the Board as a whole. The Chairman is also available to discuss governance and other matters directly with 
major shareholders. At every Board meeting, the Board is provided with the latest brokers’ reports and a summary of the contents of 
any	meetings	with	shareholders.	The	Board	considers	that	the	provision	of	these	documents	is	a	practical	and	efficient	way	for	both	
the Chairman and Senior Independent Director to be informed of major shareholders’ opinions on governance and strategy and to 
understand any shareholder issues and concerns. 

Approved by the Board of Directors on 23 March 2023.

Richard Last

Chairman

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

45

Audit Committee Report

The Audit Committee report details the key activities undertaken during the year.

Activities of the Committee during  
the year 

The Committee’s activities have focused on the accuracy of 
financial	reporting	and	the	related	statutory	audit;	and	the	
assessment of internal controls. During the year, the Committee 
was involved in the reviewing and approving of the Annual Report 
and Accounts for 2021 and the half year report and accounts 
for 2022, overseeing the Group’s adoption of new and revised 
accounting standards, continued compliance with the General 
Data Protection Regulations (GDPR) and Corporate Criminal 
Offence Rules. In addition, the Committee reviewed the position 
of the Group’s independent external auditors and reappointed 
BDO LLP at the AGM on 4 May 2022.

Financial reporting and statutory audit 

The Committee has reviewed with both management and the 
external	auditors	the	annual	financial	statements,	focusing	on:	

the	overall	truth	and	fairness	of	the	results	and	financial	
position, including the clarity of disclosures shown in the 
statements and their compliance with statutory and best 
practice requirements; 

Accounting policies, practices and judgements
The selection of appropriate accounting policies and practices is 
the responsibility of management, and the Committee discussed 
these with both management and the external auditors. 
Significant	areas	considered	by	the	Committee	in	relation	to	the	
2022	financial	statements	are	set	out	below.	

Going concern

The Group is required to assess its ability to trade as a going 
concern for at least 12 months from the signing of the annual 
financial	statements.	The	Committee	reviewed	management’s	
assessment and concluded that it remained appropriate to 
continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the 
financial	statements.

Revenue recognition

The Group’s operations include complex software delivery 
programmes and service activities that can require judgements 
to be made in relation to the timing of revenue recognition and 
contract	profitability.	The	Committee	reviewed	the	revenue	
recognition	judgements	taken,	specifically	the	key	judgements	
applied to variable consideration.

the appropriateness of the accounting policies and practices 
used in arriving at those results;

Onerous contracts provision

• 

• 

• 

• 

the	resolution	of	management’s	significant	accounting	
judgements or of matters raised by the external auditors 
during the course of their annual statutory audit; 

the quality of the Annual Report taken as a whole, 
including disclosures on Governance, Strategy, Risks and 
Remuneration, and whether it gives a fair and balanced 
picture of the Group. 

External audit 

The Committee discussed, challenged and agreed with the 
auditors their detailed audit plans prepared in advance of the 
full year audit, which set out their assessment of key audit risks 
and materiality. The Committee has primary responsibility for 
overseeing the relationship with the External Auditors, BDO 
LLP. This includes monitoring and reviewing their objectivity 
and independence on an ongoing basis, recommending their 
appointment, reappointment and removal, and approving the 
scope of the statutory audit and fees. There are no contractual 
restrictions on the appointment of External Auditors.

BDO was appointed as the Group’s Auditor in October 2018, 
following	a	competitive	tender	process.	BDO	has	confirmed	to	
the Committee their continuing independence and compliance 
with the Group’s policy on Auditor independence. The external 
Auditor is required to rotate the lead audit partner responsible 
for	the	audit	engagement	every	five	years,	unless	there	are	
unusual extenuating circumstances. Sarah Applegate was 
appointed as the lead audit partner in 2018 and this represented 
her	fifth	and	final	year	as	lead	audit	partner.

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022
46 Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

The	Group	has	multiple	complex	long	term	contracts.	Specific	
consideration	has	been	given	to	the	profitability	of	the	NTU	
contract, in particular assessing the unavoidable costs of 
meeting our obligations under the contract in excess of 
economic	benefit	expected	to	be	received.	The	committee	
reviewed judgements relating to the recognition of the onerous 
contract provision, and it was concluded that the judgements 
were appropriate.

Goodwill

The Group is required to test annually whether goodwill has 
suffered	any	impairment	and	consider	whether	the	fixed	assets	
used in the business are carried at an appropriate amount. The 
Committee reviewed management’s impairment assessment 
and concluded that there was no impairment of goodwill or any of 
the	fixed	assets	used	in	the	business.	

Capitalised product development costs

The Group’s product development costs are capitalised 
where the expenditure meets the criteria of IAS38, and the 
recoverability assessed annually against expected future cash 
flows.	The	Committee	reviewed	management’s	capitalisation	
process and recoverability assessment and concluded the 
capitalisation was appropriate. 

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Audit Committee Report continued

Assessment of internal financial control 

Management	is	responsible	for	putting	in	place	internal	financial	
controls	over	financial	reporting	and	to	protect	the	business	 
from	identified	material	risks.	There	is	no	formal	Internal	Audit	
function however the Committee believes that management is 
able to derive assurance as to the adequacy and effectiveness  
of internal controls and risk management procedures without one.  
As described on pages 26 to 37 of the Annual Report, the Group 
has established a framework of risk management and internal 
control processes, policies and procedures to mitigate risks 
and the Committee continues to monitor these closely and is 
happy that they are appropriate for the business. The Committee 
reconsiders whether such a function is required annually.

New accounting standards 

The Committee has continued to be kept appraised of new and 
revised accounting standards including the impact on the Group.

Approved by the Audit Committee on 23 March 2023.

Nigel Halkes

Chairman, Audit Committee

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

47

Nomination Committee Report

The Committee, chaired by Richard Last, meets at least once a year. It leads the 
process for Board structure, size and composition of the Board and its Committees, and 
makes recommendations to the Board with regard to any changes required to ensure 
an appropriate balance of skills, expertise, knowledge, diversity and independence.

The Nomination Committee is chaired by Richard Last and 
includes Roger McDowell, Nigel Halkes and Mark Pickett, who 
provides Executive management insight. All but Mark Pickett 
are fully independent. Although only members of the Committee 
have the right to attend meetings, other individuals, such as 
other Board members and external advisors, may be invited to 
attend for all or part of any meeting. The Committee meets at 
least once a year.

Duties

The Committee’s principal duties are to:

• 

• 

• 

• 

 monitor the structure, size and composition (including the 
skills, knowledge, experience and diversity) of the Board 
and make recommendations to the Board with regard to any 
changes;

 give full consideration to succession planning for Directors 
and other senior Executives in the course of its work, taking 
into account the challenges and opportunities facing the 
Company, and the skills and expertise needed on the Board  
in the future;

 keep under review the leadership needs of the organisation, 
both Executive and Non-Executive, with a view to ensuring 
the continued ability of the organisation to compete 
effectively in the marketplace; and

 keep up to date and fully informed about strategic issues and 
commercial changes affecting the Company and the market 
in which it operates. 

Diversity 

One area of focus is to continue to improve our Board diversity. 
We recognise the value of increased diversity at Board level in 
achieving our strategic objectives and in driving innovation and 
growth. Whilst Board appointments will continue to be based on 
merit and relevant skill, the Directors appreciate that contrasting 
backgrounds, experience and opinion can promote more 
balanced and nuanced debate and lead to improved decisions. 
With regard to gender diversity, the Directors are mindful that 
as at the date of this Report the Board currently comprises 20% 
female representation and strives to achieve a balanced Board. 

Succession planning 

Ensuring that there are robust succession plans in place at Board 
and senior management level is fundamental to the long-term 
prospects of the business. 

The Board recognises that effective succession planning also 
requires a thorough induction programme upon joining the  
Executive Board. Work has been conducted to improve this  
process for all incoming Executive Board members, whilst 
recognising too that each induction programme will also need  
to	be	tailored	to	the	specific	needs	of	the	individual.

The Committee’s full Terms of Reference are available on our 
website. They were last reviewed on 27 June 2022.

Richard Last

Chair of the Nomination Committee 

Appointments in the year

During the year, the main focus of the Committee has been  
on succession planning for the Executive Committee and  
senior management.

We are pleased to strengthen the Executive Committee with the 
appointment of three new roles focusing on Customer Success, 
Professional Services and Sales, in additon to the appointment 
of a new Managing Director in the Education Services business.

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022
48 Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Remuneration Committee Report

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

The Remuneration report details the Group’s remuneration policy and the arrangements 
currently in place for remuneration of both Executive and Non-Executive Directors.

Remuneration policy

The full Directors’ remuneration policy is shown below for ease of reference, updated with minor changes. A shareholder vote on the 
remuneration policy is not required. 

The Remuneration Committee (the Committee) operates the annual bonus plan and long-term incentive plans according to their 
respective rules, the Listing Rules and HMRC rules where relevant. The table below details each element of pay and demonstrates 
how the remuneration policy is linked to overall Group strategy.

Element of pay

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation including maximum

Performance criteria

Salary

Benefits

Pension

Annual bonus

To attract and retain high-
quality individuals with the 
appropriate skills, experience 
and knowledge, while also 
recognising their ongoing 
performance.

Salaries are reviewed annually or when an 
individual changes position or responsibility. 
Salaries for the current year are set out on  
page 51.
All appointments that attract either a base 
salary of £150,000 or a total remuneration 
package of £250,000, whichever being the 
least, must be approved by the Remuneration 
Committee.

To provide a range of cost-
effective	benefits	which	are	
typical market practice.

The	main	benefits	provided	include	private	
medical	insurance,	a	death	in	service	benefit	 
of four times salary and private fuel.

To provide cost-effective 
long-term	retirement	benefits	
which are aligned with market 
practice.

To incentivise and reward for 
the achievement of in-year 
objectives, which are linked to 
the Group’s Adjusted Operating 
Profit.

Contributions of 10% of salary are paid to 
Executive Directors. An equivalent cash 
supplement may be paid to an individual if  
the annual or lifetime allowance has been  
met or exceeded.

An annual cash bonus is payable up to a 
maximum of 125% of salary for the Chief 
Executive	Officer,	and	50%	of	salary	for	
the	Chief	Financial	Officer,	subject	to	the	
achievement of performance targets. In all 
cases, bonus payments are subject to the 
overriding discretion of the Remuneration 
Committee.

Assessment of personal and 
corporate performance.

None.

None.

The Remuneration Committee 
reviews the performance 
measures.

Long-term 
Incentives

To incentivise and reward for 
the achievement of long-term 
performance, which is aligned 
to the generation of 
shareholder value.

An annual grant of nil-cost options, which 
vest after three years subject to continued 
service and the achievement of performance 
conditions.
The plan limit for an award in any year is 200% 
of base salary. The normal policy will be to grant 
100% of base salary to the Chief Executive 
Officer	and	Chief	Financial	Officer.
Dividends which accrue on vested awards may 
be paid as cash, or treated as reinvested and 
paid in shares.

The Remuneration Committee 
reviews the performance 
measures and targets annually. 
The Remuneration Committee 
has determined that a target 
linked directly to the Group's 
adjusted	operating	profit	
(EBITDA) is an appropriate 
measure for awards granted in 
2022.

All employee 
plans

To encourage broad-based 
employee shareholding in 
the Group.

The Save As You Earn Scheme provides all 
eligible employees with the opportunity to 
acquire shares at a discounted share price.

None.

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

49

Remuneration Committee Report continued

Director changes

There have been no Director changes in the year.

The use of performance measures

Annual	bonus	targets	will	include	financial	measures	which	reflect	the	performance	of	the	business	and	are	directly	linked	to	the	
Group’s	Adjusted	Operating	Profit.

Long-term incentive performance measures are chosen to be aligned to long-term shareholder value creation by using an adjusted 
operating	profit	margin	measure.

Directors’ service contracts

Details of service agreements and notice periods are as follows:

Name

Director status

Effective date of contract

Expiry

Notice period for both parties

Mark Pickett

Richard Last1

Chief	Executive	Officer

30 June 2016

Ongoing

6 months

Non-Executive Chairman

17 November 2015

2023 AGM

–

Roger McDowell

Senior Non-Executive Director

17 November 2015

2023 AGM

Nigel Halkes

Non-Executive Director

20 January 2020

2023 AGM

Diane McIntyre

Chief	Financial	Officer

01 June 2021

Ongoing

3 months

3 months

6 months

1.  Richard Last has no notice period.

Copies of each Director’s service agreement will be available for inspection at the AGM.

Under the terms of their appointment, the Non-Executive Directors have agreed to commit no less than 25 days per annum to their roles.  
If they are required to commit in excess of 25 days per annum, they may be entitled to an additional fee at a suitable pro rata rate per day. 

Policy on payments for loss of office

The Committee aims to deal fairly with cases of termination, while attempting to limit compensation. Executives’ service contracts 
provide the Committee with the discretion to make a payment in lieu of notice limited to base salary. The Committee also retains 
the discretion to pay an annual bonus on a departure in certain circumstances. The rules of the long-term incentive plan set out the 
treatment if a participant leaves employment prior to awards vesting. If the participant is considered a good leaver (through death, 
retirement, injury or disability, redundancy, employment being transferred outside the Group, or any other reason the Committee 
decides) then awards would normally vest on the normal vesting date. In the event of a change of control, an award may vest early 
subject to the extent the performance conditions have been achieved and scaled back pro rata for service, although the Committee 
has the discretion to disapply time pro-rating.

Each	Non-Executive	Directors’	notice	period	is	defined	in	the	table	above	and	no	compensation	or	other	benefits	are	payable	other	
than the potential share-based incentives in respect of Richard Last and Roger McDowell.

Risk

The Committee is cognisant of the need for the remuneration policy to operate within an effective risk management system. The 
Committee reviews the various elements of remuneration on an annual basis, to ensure that they do not encourage any undue risk-
taking by Executive Directors or senior management. When setting performance targets for variable components of remuneration, 
the Committee remains mindful of environmental, social and governance (ESG) issues. 

50

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Shareholders’ views

The Committee considers shareholder feedback received at the AGM and during meetings with investors throughout the year,  
and uses these views to help formulate the overall remuneration policy. 

Non-Executive Director fees

The fees for the year ending 31 December 2022, which took effect from 1 January 2022 are as follows. These exclude any expenses 
which the Non-Executive Directors may incur in relation to their duties.

Non-Executive Chairman

Senior Non-Executive Director

Non-Executive Director

From 1 January 20231

From 1 January 2022

Increase / (decrease) 

£111,600

£111,600

£57,000

£56,250

£57,000

£56,250

–

–

–

1.Subject to review in April 2023 in line with the Groups annual pay review process.

Information subject to audit

Remuneration	payable	for	the	financial	year	ending	31	December	2022:

Director

Mark Pickett

Diane McIntyre4

Richard Last

Roger McDowell

Nigel Halkes

Salary4

Benefits1

Bonus

SBP2

Pension3

Total 2022

Total 2021

270,000

200,000

111,600

57,000

56,250

393

1,060

–

–

–

–

779,350

24,210

1,073,953

1,471,974

30,000

52,632

10,000

293,692

250,948

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

111,600

110,000

57,000

56,250

55,100

55,000

1.	 Benefits	include	private	medical	insurance	and	private	fuel.

2.   The cost reported in remuneration is equivalent to the share-based payment accounting charge incurred in the year, including dividends accruing on LTIPs and 

matching shares (see Note 6). SBP for Mark Pickett includes gains made on exercise of share options of £537,414 (2021: £478,869) and a notional bonus repaid to 
the Company in relation to the exercise of share options equivalent to the nominal value of number of shares issued totalling £16,480 (2021: 55,109) (see Note 6)

3.	 The	fixed	element	of	Directors	remuneration	includes	salary	and	employers	pension	contributions,	all	other	elements	are	variable.

4.	 Diane	McIntyre’s	figures	in	2021	relate	to	the	period	from	1	June	2021	to	31	December	2021.

Long-Term Incentives Plan (LTIP) awards

On 11 April 2022 the Remuneration Committee approved LTIP awards to Mark Pickett and Diane McIntyre, of which the 2022 portion 
did not vest. 

Type

Number of shares

Face value1

Performance condition

Performance period

Mark Pickett

Nil-Cost Option 317,647

£270,000 (100% 
of salary)

Adjusted operating 
profit

Measured over 3 years  
to 31 December 2024

% Vesting at 
threshold

80% of LTIP

Diane McIntyre Nil-Cost Option 235,294

£200,000 (100% 
of salary)

Adjusted operating 
profit

Measured over 3 years  
to December 2024

80% of LTIP

1.  Face value calculated based on share price on 11 April 2022 (85p).

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

51

Remuneration Committee Report continued

Share award interests

The interests in share options were as follows:

At 1 January 
2022

Granted

Lapsed

Exercised

At 31 
December 
2022

Exercise 
price

Price on date 
of grant

Date from 
which 
exercisable

Expiry date

Mark Pickett

LTIP – 7 June 2019

716,552

–

–

716,552

–

LTIP – 7 July 2020

482,143

LTIP – 28 June 2021 275,510

– (160,714)

–

(91,837)

LTIP – 11 April 2022

–

317,647 (105,882)

Diane McIntyre

LTIP – 28 June 2021 204,081

–

(68,027)

LTIP – 11 April 2022

–

235,294

(78,431)

–

–

–

–

–

321,429

183,673

211,765

136,054

156,863

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

71.0p June 2022 June 2029

56.0p

July 2023

July 2030

98.0p June 2024 June 2031

92.0p April 2025 April 2032

98.0p June 2024 June 2031

92.0p April 2025 April 2032

The closing share price at 31 December 2022 was 47p and during the year ranged from 39p to 106p. There have been no variations 
to	the	terms	and	conditions	or	performance	criteria	for	share	awards	during	the	financial	year.	There	are	no	vested	but	unexercised	
options relating to the Directors as at the 31 December 2022. No LTIPS vested in relation to 2022 performance.

Annual percentage change in Directors’ remuneration compared to FTE employees

Group FTE employees

Average Remuneration/FTE £'000

Average FTE Employees percentage change4

Directors percentage change2

Mark Pickett

Richard Last

Roger McDowell

Nigel Halkes

Diane McIntyre3

2022

972

54

(1)%

(51)%

1%

3%

2%

17%

Year-on-year percentage change in remuneration

2021

936

54

3%

4%

5%

5%

11%

–

20201

832

52

(2)%

1%

(35)%

(5)%

100%

–

2019

850

53

2%

30%

19%

0%

–

–

2018

873

52

(13)%

10%

23%

0%

–

–

1.  Includes three months at 80% pay as a mitigating action to COVID.

2.  Includes remuneration for the matching shares with the nominal value paid to participants as a bonus. Basic fees are consistent year on year.

3.	 Diane	McIntyre’s	figures	in	2021	relate	to	the	period	from	1	June	2021	to	31	December	2021.

4.  Average percentage change is a result of investment in our GDC and Manila shared service centre.

52

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

INFORMATION NOT AUDITED
Directors’ shareholdings

The table below sets out the Directors’ current shareholdings as at 31 December 2022. The shareholding guideline for the Chief 
Executive	Officer	is	to	hold	two	times	base	salary	in	stock	(excluding	invested	LTIPs)	within	no	more	than	five	years	of	appointment.

Director

Mark Pickett

Diane McIntyre

Richard Last

Roger McDowell

Nigel Halkes

Beneficially 
owned

% of salary/
share value held

LTIP  
options

1,263,727

220%

716,867

–

–

292,917

3,095,726

3,975,726

14,285

1304%

3278%

26%

–

–

–

Note: % of salary/share value held is calculated by reference to the value of the individual’s shareholding in Tribal valued at the share price on the close of business  
on 31 December 2022.

All-employee plans

The Committee believes wider employee share ownership can act as an additional retention and motivation vehicle, and operates 
a Save As You Earn (SAYE) Scheme. Eligible employees, including the Executive Director, are invited to subscribe for options in the 
SAYE. The Committee regularly monitors the participation level in the all-employee arrangements.

Position against dilution limit

The share incentive plans operate in line with the ABI principle, which requires that all commitments must not exceed 10% of the 
issued share capital in any rolling ten-year period. Given the Company’s issued share capital, the number of employees and the 
level of participation in the LTIP, the Committee believes that operating a single 10% in ten-year limit for all share plans remains 
appropriate. The Group’s position against the dilution limit at 31 December 2022 was 8.2%.

Executive Directors external appointments

Executive Directors are permitted to accept an external Non-Executive position with the Board’s approval. Any fees received in respect 
of these appointments may be retained by the Executive. No such fees were received by the Executive Directors during the year. 

Approved by the Remuneration Committee on 23 March 2023.

Roger McDowell

Chairman, Remuneration Committee

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

53

Directors’ Report

The Directors present their report and audited consolidated financial statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2022.

Principal activities

Tribal Group plc is incorporated as a public limited company, 
and is registered in England and Wales with registered number 
4128850.	Its	registered	office	is	at	Kings	Orchard,	One	Queen	
Street, Bristol BS2 0HQ.

The Company acts as a holding company with a number of 
trading subsidiaries that provide education-related systems, 
solutions	and	consultancy	services.	There	was	no	significant	
change in this activity during the year. The subsidiary 
undertakings of the Company are listed in Note 34.

Results and dividends

The loss for the year, after taxation, amounted to £(510,000) 
(2021:	profit	of	£6,993,000.	The	Board	is	proposing	a	final	
dividend in respect of the year ended 31 December 2022 of 
0.65p, pending approval at the AGM on 30 May 2023. The 
anticipated payment date is 27 July 2023, with an associated 
record date of 23 June 2023 and ex-dividend date of 22 June 
2023.	In	July	2022	Tribal	paid	a	final	dividend	of	1.3p	per	share	
in recognition of the year ended 31 December 2021. The Board 
intends to continue a progressive dividend policy, with a single 
dividend payment each year following annual results.

Dividend policy

Meeting shareholder dividend expectations is a high priority as 
it supports our overall strategy. Our longer-term plan indicates 
that our progressive dividend policy can be met whilst making 
the investments we need to meet our strategic objectives. 

Tribal remains committed to a progressive dividend policy, 
however based on the performance in the year and having 
reviewed	the	group’s	cash	flow	forecasts,	specifically	with	
regard	to	the	significant	uncertainties	around	the	resolution	of	
the NTU contract, the Board have concluded that it would be 
prudent	to	reduce	the	final	dividend	by	50%.	It	is	the	Board’s	
intention to return to its former policy of dividend progression 
when circumstances allow.

Business model and strategy

The business model and strategy section, pages 2 and 3 and 
pages 8 and 9; set out the Company’s strategy, business model 
and key performance indicators. 

Long-term financing

On 21 January 2020 the Group entered into a three year £10m 
multicurrency revolving facility with HSBC with the option to 
extend by a further two years, both of which have been exercised 
with the facility expiring in December 2024.The facility was 
put in place to cover general corporate and working capital 
requirements of the Group, £6.3m (2021: £nil) was drawn down 
at 31 December 2022. In addition to this, the Group had a £2m 
committed overdraft facility in the UK and a AUD$2m committed 

overdraft facility in Australia, both facilities are committed for a 
12-month rolling period ending August 2023 and October 2023 
respectively. At the year-end there was £1.97m available but 
undrawn in respect of the UK overdraft facility (£35,000 had 
been drawn down) and $AUD2m available but undrawn in respect 
of the Australian overdraft facility.

In February 2023, to manage the short-term working capital, 
Tribal converted £7m of the £10m uncommitted accordion into 
its existing loan facility, increasing the total facility to £17m.

Following a review of the Group’s forecasts and projections, the 
Directors consider the Group is well placed to meet its funding 
requirements for the foreseeable future. Information about the 
use	of	financial	instruments	by	the	Group	is	given	in	Note	31	of	
the	financial	statements.

Board effectiveness

In	respect	of	our	operations	as	a	Board,	we	continue	to	reflect	
upon our collective skills and experience and our ability to 
effectively lead Tribal. 

Environment

The credibility and longevity of any business goes beyond 
pure	financial	gain;	a	principle	long-embodied	and	supported	
by Tribal’s strong values-based culture and approach to 
environmental, social and governance issues.

The ESG Report is on pages 30 to 35 and highlights our 
initiatives in relation to Environmental, Social and Governance 
matters concerning the Group.

Principal risks and uncertainties

The Group’s principal risks and uncertainties are explained in the 
Strategic	Report	on	page	36	and	37.	Risks	of	a	financial	nature	
are	addressed	in	Note	31	of	the	financial	statements.

Section 172

The Board’s responsibilities to promote the success of the Group 
under	Section	172	of	the	Companies	Act	2006,	as	modified	by	
the Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 2018 are 
outlined in the Section 172 Statement on pages 26 and 27.

Directors’ indemnities

The Company has made qualifying third party indemnity 
provisions	for	the	benefit	of	its	Directors,	which	remain	in	force	
at the date of this report and throughout the year. Directors’  
and	officers’	liability	insurance	is	provided	for	all	Directors	of	 
the Company.

54  TTribal Grribal Group pl

coup plc 

  ||   Annual Report and 

Annual Report and AAccoun

ccounts 2022ts 2022

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Going Concern

Please refer to the going concern statement in the Strategic 
Report on page 24 for details on the assessment carried out  
by Directors with regard to going concern.

Directors retiring

The names of the Directors who served during the year and up  
to	the	date	of	signing	the	financial	statements	are	set	out	on	
page 38 and 39. All Directors are required to submit to re-
election each year and will be proposed for re-election at the 
forthcoming AGM.

The appointment and replacement of Directors is governed by 
the Company’s Articles of Association, the Companies Act 2006 
and related legislations. The Articles themselves may be amended 
by special resolution of the shareholders.

Directors’ interests in the Company and share capital 
information, including share options, are detailed in the 
Remuneration report on pages 49 to 53.

Share capital

Details of the authorised and issued share capital are shown 
in	Note	23	to	the	financial	statements.	The	Company	has	one	
class	of	Ordinary	Shares,	which	carry	no	right	to	fixed	income.	
Each share carries the right to one vote at general meetings of 
the Company. During the year, the Company issued 1,847,373 
shares (2021: 4,676,064 Ordinary Shares of 5p).

Branches

Group. Employee interests are considered in full when the Board is 
making key decisions regarding changes to the business, such as 
restructuring, acquisitions and streamlining of operating segments. 
Decisions impacting employees interest are communicated in a 
timely manner.

The Group is an equal opportunities employer and bases all 
decisions on individual ability, regardless of race, religion, gender, 
sexual orientation, age or disability. Applications for employment 
by disabled persons will always be fully considered, having regard 
to their particular aptitudes and abilities. Should any employee 
become disabled, every practical effort is made to provide 
continued employment. Depending on their skills and abilities, 
they enjoy the same career prospects and scope for realising their 
potential as other employees. Appropriate training is arranged for 
disabled employees, including retraining for alternative work for 
those who become disabled, to promote their career development 
within the organisation.

Research and development

The Group continues to invest in research and development of 
software	products,	as	set	out	in	Notes	5	and	14	of	the	financial	
statements. The investment is predominantly in the Group’s 
next-generation cloud-based Student Information System, 
Edge. Total research and development expenditure increased to 
£15.7m (2021: £15.9m) of which £10.3m (2021: £10.2m) was 
capitalised.

Post balance sheet events

Significant	events	to	report	since	the	date	of	the	balance	sheet	
are disclosed in Note 33.

The Group has overseas branches in New Zealand, Abu Dhabi, 
Hungary and Singapore.

Future development

An indication of likely future developments in the business of the 
Group is included in the Strategic Report.

Annual General Meeting

The Company’s AGM will be held on 30 May 2023. The notice 
convening the AGM and an explanation of the business to be put  
to the meeting are contained in a separate circular to shareholders.

Employees

Tribal is a business which is highly dependent on its people. We 
seek to attract, develop and retain high-calibre staff and, as a 
consequence, our customers can be assured that the service they 
receive is among the best available. The Group’s commitment to its 
people is discussed in the Environmental, Social and Governance 
Report on pages 30 to 35.

The Board takes its responsibilities to employee engagement and 
interests very seriously and ensures any decisions made take into 
consideration the impact on the Group’s employees. Employees’ 
have the opportunity to ask questions regarding all aspects of 
the business during our regular Group-wide update meetings with 
the Group’s Executive Management team. The Group recognises 
the value of its employees and where possible seeks to promote 
internally within the business and aims to empower, where 
appropriate, employees to aid with decision-making within the 

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

55

Directors’ Report continued

Independent auditors

Website publication

BDO	LLP	have	expressed	their	willingness	to	continue	in	office	 
as auditors and a resolution to reappoint them will be put to  
the AGM.

Directors’ responsibility statement

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report  
and	the	financial	statements	in	accordance	with	applicable	law	 
and regulations. 

The Directors are responsible for ensuring the Annual Report 
and	the	financial	statements	are	made	available	on	a	website.	
Financial statements are published on the Company’s website 
in accordance with legislation in the United Kingdom governing 
the	preparation	and	dissemination	of	financial	statements,	which	
may vary from legislation in other jurisdictions. The maintenance 
and integrity of the Company’s website is the responsibility of 
the Directors. The Directors’ responsibility also extends to the 
ongoing	integrity	of	the	financial	statements	contained	therein.	

Company	law	requires	the	Directors	to	prepare	financial	
statements	for	each	financial	year.	Under	that	law	the	Directors	
are	required	to	prepare	the	group	financial	statements	in	
accordance with UK adopted international accounting standards 
and	the	Company	financial	statements	in	accordance	with	United	
Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom 
Accounting Standards and applicable law). Under company law the 
Directors	must	not	approve	the	financial	statements	unless	they	
are	satisfied	that	they	give	a	true	and	fair	view	of	the	state	 
of	affairs	of	the	Group	and	Company	and	of	the	profit	or	loss	of	the	
Group for that period. 

In	preparing	these	financial	statements,	the	directors	are	 
required to:

• 

• 

• 

•	

 select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 
consistently;

 make judgements and accounting estimates that are 
reasonable and prudent;

 state whether they have been prepared in accordance with  
UK adopted international accounting standards subject to  
any material departures disclosed and explained in the  
financial	statements;

	prepare	the	financial	statements	on	the	going	concern	basis	
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and the 
Company will continue in business.

Corporate governance

The Company’s statement on corporate governance compliance 
can be found in the Corporate Governance Report on pages 42 to 
45 of the Annual Report and Accounts. The Corporate Governance 
Report forms part of this Directors’ report and is incorporated  
by reference.

Statement of disclosure of information 
to auditors

In accordance with Section 418, Directors’ reports shall include  
a	statement,	in	the	case	of	each	Director	in	office	at	the	date	 
the Directors’ Report is approved, that:

• 

• 

 so far as each Director is aware, there is no relevant audit 
information of which the Company’s auditors are unaware; 
and

 they have taken all the steps that they ought to have 
taken as Directors in order to make themselves aware of 
any relevant audit information and to establish that the 
Company’s auditors are aware of that information.

Approved by the Board of Directors and signed on its behalf by;

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records	that	are	sufficient	to	show	and	explain	the	Company’s	
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time 
the	financial	position	of	the	Company	and	enable	them	to	ensure	
that	the	financial	statements	comply	with	the	requirements	of	the	
Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding 
the assets of the Company and hence for taking reasonable steps 
for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

Mark Pickett

Chief Executive Officer

Registered number 4128850

23 March 2023

56

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Independent auditor’s report 

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Independent auditor’s report to the members of Tribal Group plc

Opinion on the financial statements

Basis for opinion

In our opinion:

• 

• 

• 

• 

the	financial	statements	give	a	true	and	fair	view	of	the	
state of the Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs as 
at 31 December 2022 and of the Group’s loss for the year 
then ended;

the	Group	financial	statements	have	been	properly	prepared	
in accordance with UK adopted international accounting 
standards;

the	Parent	Company	financial	statements	have	been	properly	
prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice; and

the	financial	statements	have	been	prepared	in	accordance	
with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We	have	audited	the	financial	statements	of	Tribal	Group	
plc (the ‘Parent Company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) 
for the year ended 31 December 2022 which comprise the 
consolidated income statement, the consolidated statement 
of comprehensive income, the consolidated balance sheet, the 
consolidated statement of changes in equity, the consolidated 
cash	flow	statement,	the	company	only	balance	sheet,	the	
company only statement of changes in equity and notes to 
the	financial	statements,	including	a	summary	of	significant	
accounting policies. 

The	financial	reporting	framework	that	has	been	applied	in	the	
preparation	of	the	Group	financial	statements	is	applicable	law	
and	UK	adopted	international	accounting	standards.	The	financial	
reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation 
of	the	Parent	Company	financial	statements	is	applicable	law	
and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, including Financial 
Reporting Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework (United 
Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our 
responsibilities under those standards are further described 
in	the	Auditor’s	responsibilities	for	the	audit	of	the	financial	
statements section of our report. We believe that the audit 
evidence	we	have	obtained	is	sufficient	and	appropriate	to	
provide a basis for our opinion. 

Independence
We remain independent of the Group and the Parent Company 
in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant 
to	our	audit	of	the	financial	statements	in	the	UK,	including	the	
FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed entities, and we have 
fulfilled	our	other	ethical	responsibilities	in	accordance	with	
these requirements. 

Conclusions relating to going concern

In	auditing	the	financial	statements,	we	have	concluded	that	 
the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in 
the	preparation	of	the	financial	statements	is	appropriate.	

Going concern was determined to be a Key Audit Matter for the 
reasons set out in the Key Audit Matter section of our report.  
Our evaluation of the Directors’ assessment of the Group and the 
Parent Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting and our response to the Key Audit Matter is 
therefore included in the related Key Audit Matter below.

Based	on	the	work	we	have	performed,	we	have	not	identified	
any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, 
individually	or	collectively,	may	cast	significant	doubt	on	the	
Group and the Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern for a period of at least twelve months from when the 
financial	statements	are	authorised	for	issue.	

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with 
respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections 
of this report.

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

57

Independent auditor’s report continued

Overview

Coverage

Key audit matters

100%	(2021:	100%)	of	Group	profit	before	tax
100% (2021: 100%) of Group revenue
99% (2021: 99%) of Group total assets

Revenue measurement –  
Implementation services revenue stream*

Revenue recognition – Implementation services revenue stream

Accounting treatment – NTU contract

Going concern

Defined	benefit	pension	scheme	surplus

Cloud computing costs within intangibles**

2022 2021

























*The	key	audit	matter	“Revenue	measurement	–	Implementation	services	revenue	stream”	reported	in	the	
prior	year	has	been	split	between	“Revenue	recognition	–	Implementation	services	revenue	stream”	and	
“Accounting	treatment	–	NTU	contract”	in	this	report	due	to	additional	considerations	required	on	the	NTU	
contract beyond revenue recognition in the current year.

**Cloud computing costs within intangibles is no longer considered to be a key audit matter because the 
appropriate policy for capitalisation of implementation costs was determined in 2021 with no ongoing 
related matters in the current year.

Materiality

Group financial statements as a whole

£360,000	(2021:	£550,000)	based	on	5%	of	the	3-year	average	Adjusted	profit	before	tax	(2021:	5%	 
of	Adjusted	profit	before	tax)

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional 
judgement,	were	of	most	significance	in	our	audit	of	the	
financial	statements	of	the	current	period	and	include	the	most	
significant	assessed	risks	of	material	misstatement	(whether	
or	not	due	to	fraud)	that	we	identified,	including	those	which	
had the greatest effect on the overall audit strategy, the 
allocation of resources in the audit, and directing the efforts of 
the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the 
context	of	our	audit	of	the	financial	statements	as	a	whole,	and	
in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate 
opinion on these matters.

An overview of the scope of our audit

Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding 
of the Group and its environment, including the Group’s 
system of internal control, and assessing the risks of material 
misstatement	in	the	financial	statements.	We	also	addressed	
the risk of management override of internal controls, including 
assessing whether there was evidence of bias by the Directors 
that may have represented a risk of material misstatement.

In determining the scope of our audit, we considered the size 
and nature of each component within the Group to determine 
the level of work to be performed at each in order to ensure 
sufficient	assurance	was	obtained	to	allow	us	to	express	an	
opinion	on	the	financial	statements	as	a	whole.	The	components	
identified	as	significant	were	Tribal	Group	plc	(company	only),	
Tribal Education Ltd and Tribal Group Pty Limited, which were 
subject to a full scope audit by the Group engagement team. 
Significant	components	comprise	90%	of	revenue	and	97%	of	
Group	total	assets.	Procedures	over	specific	balances	on	the	
year-end	results	of	the	remaining	non-significant	components	
were performed by the Group engagement team which then 
increased the coverage to the percentages detailed in the  
above table.

We also obtained an understanding of the internal control 
environment	related	to	the	financial	reporting	process	and	
assessed the appropriateness, completeness and accuracy  
of the Group journals and other adjustments performed  
on consolidation. 

58

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Key audit matter 

Revenue recognition – 
Implementation Services 
revenue stream

(Refer to notes 1, 2 
and	3	of	the	financial	
statements)

How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter

Implementation revenue 
comprises revenue received 
for implementing Tribal’s 
off the shelf products as 
is	or	configuring	it	into	a	
bespoke product based on the 
customer’s requirements.

As part of our audit procedures, we:
•  Assessed the appropriateness of the Group’s revenue recognition 

policies against the requirements of the applicable accounting standards.

•  Performed an assessment of a sample of the contracts including the 
terms and conditions of the implementation services being provided 
to check that that the revenue recognition policy is appropriate in 
accordance with the requirements of applicable accounting standards.

Judgement is required in 
determining the stage of 
completion	for	each	fixed	fee	
project which is driven by the 
estimated total implementation 
time required and the total time 
spent to date.

In light of the judgements and 
assessments required to be 
made by management in this 
area, we have determined that 
revenue recognition in relation 
to the implementation revenue 
stream is a key audit matter.

•  Enquired with project managers and directors for the sample of contracts 
to establish how contracts were progressing against key milestones, the 
impact of expected delivery times on estimated total implementation 
time and comparing this to management’s calculations.

•  Assessed the stage of completion and resulting revenue recognised 

for a sample of contracts by:

 – agreeing the number of days worked to the timecard system and 
comparing this against the total expected number of days for the 
project based on the project trackers. 

 – reviewing management’s forecasted time costs for the projects 

against actual time costs incurred to date and performing a review 
of	historical	forecasting	on	a	sample	of	contracts	to	confirm	the	
accuracy of the project managers’ and management’s forecasts.

 – verifying progress against key milestones on a sample of contracts 

by viewing correspondence between the customer and Tribal.

 – verifying the weekly timecard review and sign off performed by the 
project managers for a sample of contracts, agreeing the time was 
booked by an assigned project operative on the budget and that the 
time approved agreed to the underlying timecard. 

 – assessing the monthly contract reviews of forecast time costs 

performed	by	the	commercial	management	and	finance	teams	for	 
a sample of contracts, checking that there were appropriate levels 
of review and challenge of the estimation of forecast time costs.

Key observations:
Based on the procedures performed, we consider the revenue recognition 
for the Implementation Services revenue stream to be appropriate.

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

59

Independent auditor’s report continued

Key audit matter 

Accounting treatment – 
NTU contract

(Refer to notes 1, 2, 3, 20, 
30	and	33	of	the	financial	
statements)

In accounting for the NTU 
contract, judgement is required 
in determining the variable 
consideration to be included in 
the transaction price, the stage 
of	completion	for	the	fixed	fee	
project and the future expected 
costs to deliver the contract, 
impacting the resulting 
onerous contract provision and 
contingent liability which has 
been recognised.

In light of the judgements and 
assessments required to be 
made by the directors in this 
area particularly in relation 
to constraining the variable 
consideration, estimating 
the future expected costs to 
deliver the contract and the 
complexities of the applicable 
accounting standards, we have 
determined that the accounting 
treatment for the NTU contract 
is a key audit matter.

How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter

As part of our audit procedures, we:
•  Assessed the judgements made by management in determining the 

appropriate	allocation	of	fixed	and	variable	consideration	and	constraining	
the variable consideration in line with the requirements of the applicable 
accounting standards.

•  Obtained	from	management	the	milestone	billing	schedule	to	confirm	that	
bills	raised	were	in	line	with	the	agreed	milestones,	defined	in	the	contract.	

•  Recalculated the difference between bills raised and total expected 

cash	receivable	to	confirm	the	difference	related	to	the	refund	liability	
and was recognised in line with the requirements of the applicable 
accounting standards.

•  Enquired with project managers and directors to establish how the 
contract was progressing against key milestones, the impact of 
expected delivery times on variable consideration and compared  
this to management’s calculations.

•  Assessed the stage of completion and future expected costs to deliver 
the contract as per the procedures set out in the Revenue Recognition key 
audit matter above.

•  Reviewed the contract margin calculation prepared by management to 
identify whether the contract is onerous and to determine whether the 
required provision has been made.

•  Assessed the completeness of the remaining costs to complete the 
contract by agreeing the inputs to supporting documentation and 
performing sensitivity analysis on a range of scenarios to verify the 
onerous contract provision is complete.

•  Reviewed correspondence between NTU and Tribal to assess 

management’s position of the anticipated completion date of the 
implementation of the software and status of contingent liability. 

Key observations:
Based on the procedures performed, we consider the accounting treatment 
for the NTU contract to be appropriate.

60

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Key audit matter 

Going concern

(Refer to notes 1 of the 
financial	statements)

How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter

Judgement is required in 
determining the budgets and 
future	cash	flows	to	be	used	
in the Directors’ going concern 
assessment. 

As part of our audit procedures, we:
•  Obtained the going concern assessment, approved by the Directors, 

including	detailed	cash	flow	forecasts	up	to	31	March	2024	and	where	
applicable agreed this to third party documentation including signed 
banking facilities and agreements for deferred consideration.

The Group is experiencing 
increased pressures on cash 
flows	and	relies	heavily	on	
existing loan facilities. Any 
significant	unexpected	cash	
requirements could potentially 
lead to breaching covenants 
or	not	having	sufficient	cash	
resources available to settle 
liabilities when they fall due.

Furthermore, the NTU contract 
could potentially have a 
significant	impact	on	the	
Group’s	future	cashflows.	

In light of all the factors 
mentioned above, we have 
determined that going concern 
is a key audit matter.

Defined benefit pension 
scheme surplus

(Refer to notes 1 and 
27	of	the	financial	
statements)

Estimation is required in 
determining the appropriate 
discount	rate,	inflation	rate	and	
mortality rate used in calculating 
the	defined	benefit	obligations.	

Judgement is also required in 
determining whether there is 
an unconditional right to the 
surplus in the scheme.

In light of the judgements and 
estimation required to be made 
by management in this area, 
we have determined that the 
defined	benefit	pension	scheme	
surplus is a key audit matter.

•  We inspected the Group’s signed revolving facility agreements 

and conversion of uncommitted accordion with HSBC (note 1) to 
check	that	the	Group	has	sufficient	funds	to	settle	the	deferred	
consideration due of £184k (note 20) for Eveoh BV while at the 
same time maintaining adequate working capital to continue daily 
operations as normal. 

•  Assessed the impact on banking covenants to determine if they  
would be breached if the draw down of all facilities were to occur.

•  We assessed the Directors’ assumptions in the going concern forecast 
including	revenue	growth,	profit	margin,	inflation,	funding	and	covenant	
compliance headroom availability with reference to the historical accuracy 
of the Directors’ forecasts, comparing the current forecasts against post 
year end actual results and committed revenue contracts.

•  Assessed the appropriateness of sensitivity analyses prepared by the 
Directors	over	the	Group’s	cash	flow	forecasts	including	the	effects	
of	adverse	movements	in	revenue,	the	gross	margin,	inflation	and	an	
increase in expenditure and various possible outcomes for the NTU 
contract to determine the potential impact on covenant compliance 
and	sufficiency	of	available	cash	resources	required	to	settle	short	
term liabilities as they fall due over the next 12 months. 

•  Assessed the effect of contract assets and liabilities on the net 
current liability position by considering the costs to deliver the 
services, as well as deferred costs in order to realise revenue held  
as a contract asset or liability.

Key observations:
Our conclusions are set out in the Conclusions related to going concern 
section of our report.

As part of our audit procedures, we:
•  Obtained	direct	confirmation	of	valuation	of	the	scheme	assets	from	3rd	

parties and considered whether the valuation of the assets is appropriate. 

•  Reviewed Service Organisation Controls reports for these 3rd parties 

and considered whether the description, design and operating 
effectiveness of the controls included relating to the valuation of 
these assets were appropriate and whether there were any matters 
noted that could impact the valuation of the assets. 

•  Involved our independent external pension experts to independently 

assess and challenge the assumptions used by management’s expert 
in arriving at the scheme obligations valuation.

•  Reviewed the report produced by the pension experts and addressed any 
audit action points raised by our independent external pension experts.

•  Obtained the legal trust deed and reviewed the terms of the trust deed 
to determine whether a unilateral right to recognise a surplus exists.

•  Challenged management on the assumptions used to recognise such 

a surplus or whether the surplus was restricted. 

•  Reviewed management’s legal and actuarial advice obtained relating 

to the recognition of a pension surplus. 

Key observations:
Based on the procedures performed, we consider the judgement made in 
recognising	the	defined	benefit	pension	scheme	surplus	to	be	appropriate.

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

61

Independent auditor’s report continued

Our application of materiality

We apply the concept of materiality both in planning and performing our audit, and in evaluating the effect of misstatements. We 
consider	materiality	to	be	the	magnitude	by	which	misstatements,	including	omissions,	could	influence	the	economic	decisions	of	
reasonable	users	that	are	taken	on	the	basis	of	the	financial	statements.	

In order to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that any misstatements exceed materiality, we use a lower materiality 
level, performance materiality, to determine the extent of testing needed. Importantly, misstatements below these levels will 
not	necessarily	be	evaluated	as	immaterial	as	we	also	take	account	of	the	nature	of	identified	misstatements,	and	the	particular	
circumstances	of	their	occurrence,	when	evaluating	their	effect	on	the	financial	statements	as	a	whole.	

Based	on	our	professional	judgement,	we	determined	materiality	for	the	financial	statements	as	a	whole	and	performance	materiality	
as follows:

Group financial statements

Parent company financial statements

Materiality

2022
£

360,000

2021
£

550,000

2022
£

180,000

2021
£

350,000

Basis for determining 
materiality

5% (2021: 5%) of the 3-year average Adjusted* 
profit	before	tax	(2021:	Adjusted*	profit	before	tax)

50% (2021: 63.6%) of Group materiality

Rationale for the 
benchmark applied

Adjusted	profit	before	tax	is	a	key	measure	for	
stakeholders based on market practice and investor 
expectations.

Materiality was capped at 50% (2021: 63.6%) of 
Group materiality given the assessment of the 
components’ aggregation risk.

Due	to	the	fluctuation	in	profits	from	year	to	year	it	
was considered appropriate to use a 3-year average.

Performance materiality 258,000

396,000

130,000

252,000

Basis for determining 
performance materiality

In determining performance materiality, we considered 
a number of factors including the areas of estimation 
within	the	financial	statements	and	history	of	errors.	
On this basis performance materiality was set at 72% 
(2021: 72%) of Group materiality.

In determining performance materiality, we 
considered a number of factors including the areas 
of	estimation	within	the	financial	statements	
and history of errors. On this basis performance 
materiality was set at 72% (2021: 72%) of Parent 
Company materiality.

*	Profit	before	tax	adjusted	for	acquisition	related	costs,	internal	systems	transformation	programme	and	other	financing	costs	in	note	6	of	the	financial	statements

Component materiality
We	set	materiality	for	each	significant	component	of	the	Group	based	on	a	percentage	of	between	50%	and	78%	(2021:	63%	and	
70%) of Group materiality dependent on the size and our assessment of the risk of material misstatement of that component. 
Component materiality ranged from £180,000 to £280,000 (2021: £350,000 to £385,000). In the audit of each component, we 
further applied performance materiality levels of 72% (2021:72%) of the component materiality to our testing to ensure that the 
risk of errors exceeding component materiality was appropriately mitigated.

Reporting threshold 
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them all individual audit differences in excess of £7,200 (2021: 
£11,000). We also agreed to report differences below this threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.

62

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Other information

The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the Annual report 
and	Accounts	other	than	the	financial	statements	and	our	auditor’s	report	thereon.	Our	opinion	on	the	financial	statements	does	not	
cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance 
conclusion thereon. Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is 
materially	inconsistent	with	the	financial	statements,	or	our	knowledge	obtained	in	the	course	of	the	audit,	or	otherwise	appears	to	be	
materially misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine 
whether	this	gives	rise	to	a	material	misstatement	in	the	financial	statements	themselves.	If,	based	on	the	work	we	have	performed,	 
we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

Other Companies Act 2006 reporting

Based on the responsibilities described below and our work performed during the course of the audit, we are required by the 
Companies Act 2006 and ISAs (UK) to report on certain opinions and matters as described below. 

Strategic report and Directors’ report 

Matters on which we are required  
to report by exception

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:
•  the information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report for the 

financial	year	for	which	the	financial	statements	are	prepared	is	consistent	with	the	
financial	statements;	and

•  the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report have been prepared in accordance with 

applicable legal requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Parent Company and 
its	environment	obtained	in	the	course	of	the	audit,	we	have	not	identified	material	
misstatements in the Strategic Report or the Directors’ Report.

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the 
Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:
•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns 
adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or

•  the	Parent	Company	financial	statements	are	not	in	agreement	with	the	accounting	

records and returns; or

•  certain	disclosures	of	Directors’	remuneration	specified	by	law	are	not	made;	or

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

Responsibilities of Directors

As	explained	more	fully	in	the	Directors’	responsibility	statement,	the	Directors	are	responsible	for	the	preparation	of	the	financial	
statements	and	for	being	satisfied	that	they	give	a	true	and	fair	view,	and	for	such	internal	control	as	the	Directors	determine	is	
necessary	to	enable	the	preparation	of	financial	statements	that	are	free	from	material	misstatement,	whether	due	to	fraud	or	error.

In	preparing	the	financial	statements,	the	Directors	are	responsible	for	assessing	the	Group’s	and	the	Parent	Company’s	ability	
to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease operations, or have no 
realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

Our	objectives	are	to	obtain	reasonable	assurance	about	whether	the	financial	statements	as	a	whole	are	free	from	material	misstatement,	
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance 
but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be 
expected	to	influence	the	economic	decisions	of	users	taken	on	the	basis	of	these	financial	statements.

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

63

Independent auditor’s report continued

Extent to which the audit was capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our 
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which  
our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud is detailed below:

We obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory framework applicable to the Group and the industry in which it operates 
and	determined	that	the	most	significant	laws	and	regulations	are	the	Companies	Act	2006,	applicable	accounting	frameworks,	
AIM	Rules	and	the	Corporation	Tax	Act	2010.	We	identified	these	areas	of	laws	and	regulations	as	those	that	could	reasonably	be	
expected	to	have	a	material	effect	on	the	financial	statements	from	sector	experience	and	through	discussion	with	the	Directors	
and other management.

We assessed compliance with these laws and regulations through enquiry with management and the Audit Committee, review of 
reporting to Directors with respect to compliance with laws and regulations, review of board meeting minutes and review of legal 
correspondence	and	confirmations.	We	also	reviewed	the	Group’s	tax	computations	and	returns	and	financial	statements	against	
the requirements of the relevant tax legislation and applicable accounting framework respectively. 

We	assessed	the	susceptibility	of	the	Group’s	financial	statements	to	material	misstatement,	including	how	fraud	might	occur	
and considered the fraud risk areas to be management override of controls, the risk of fraud in revenue recognition relating to the 
Implementation	Services	revenue	stream,	capitalisation	of	development	costs	and	classification	and	accuracy	of	‘other	items’.	

In addressing the risk of fraud included in management override of controls, we have performed journals testing based on a set 
of fraud risk criteria and tested to supporting documentation whilst also verifying the business rationale and assessing whether 
the	judgements	made	in	significant	accounting	estimates	were	indicative	of	potential	bias.	We	also	incorporated	unpredictability	
procedures as part of our response to the risk of management override of controls. 

In addressing the risk included in ‘other items’, we have challenged management’s assumptions in determining these exceptional 
costs,	to	verify	that	only	exceptional	and	non-trading	items	are	included	within	the	calculation	of	adjusted	profit.	To	address	the	
fraud risk in the capitalisation of development costs, we have reviewed a sample of capitalised costs in the year, agreeing these to 
supporting documentation with consideration of whether the capitalisation requirements of the applicable accounting standards 
have been met. 

With regards to the fraud risk in revenue recognition relating to the Implementation Services revenue stream, our procedures 
included those set out in the key audit matters section above. 

We	communicated	relevant	identified	laws	and	regulations	and	potential	fraud	risks	to	all	engagement	team	members	and	remained	
alert to any indications of fraud or non-compliance with laws and regulations throughout the audit.

Our	audit	procedures	were	designed	to	respond	to	risks	of	material	misstatement	in	the	financial	statements,	recognising	that	the	
risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud 
may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery, misrepresentations or through collusion. There are inherent limitations 
in the audit procedures performed and the further removed non-compliance with laws and regulations is from the events and 
transactions	reflected	in	the	financial	statements,	the	less	likely	we	are	to	become	aware	of	it.

A further description of our responsibilities is available on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022
64 Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Use of our report

This report is made solely to the Parent Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies 
Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Parent Company’s members those matters we are 
required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or 
assume responsibility to anyone other than the Parent Company and the Parent Company’s members as a body, for our audit work,  
for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Sarah Applegate 

(Senior Statutory Auditor)

For and on behalf of BDO LLP, Statutory Auditor

Bristol, UK

23 March 2023

BDO LLP is a limited liability partnership registered in England and Wales (with registered number OC305127).

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

65

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

66

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

FINANCIAL

STATEMENTS

Financial Statements

 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

68  Consolidated Income Statement
 Consolidated Statement of 
69 
Comprehensive Income
70  Consolidated Balance Sheet
72 
73  Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
74  Notes to the Financial Statements
116  Company only Balance Sheet
117 
118  Notes to the Company Balance Sheet

 Company only Statement of Changes in Equity

Company Information

124  Company Information

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

67

Consolidated Income Statement
For the year ended 31 December 2022

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Total administrative expenses

Note

Adjusted  
£’000

3

83,585

(52,250)

31,335

(26,886)

Operating profit/(loss)

4,5,6

4,449

Investment income

Finance costs

Profit/(loss) before tax

8

6,9

25

(323)

4,151

Tax (charge)/credit

6,10

(2,907)

Year ended 
31 December 
2022 
Total 
£’000

Other items 
(see Note 6) 
£’000

Adjusted  
£’000

Other items 
(see Note 6) 
£’000

Year ended 
31 December 
2021 
Total 
£’000

–

–

–

(3,670)

(3,670)

–

(94)

(3,764)

2,010

83,585

81,148

(52,250)

(39,335)

31,335

41,813

(30,556)

(27,846)

13,967

255

(230)

779

25

(417)

387

(897)

–

–

–

(5,079)

(5,079)

–

(299)

13,992

(5,378)

(2,240)

619

81,148

(39,335)

41,813

(32,925)

8,888

255

(529)

8,614

(1,621)

Profit/(loss) attributable to  
the owners of the parent

Earnings per share

Basic

Diluted

1,244

(1,754)

(510)

11,752

(4,759)

6,993

12

12

(0.2)p

(0.2)p

3.3p*

3.2p*

All activities are from continuing operations.

*Restated see Note 12

68

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the year ended 31 December 2022

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

(Loss)/profit for the year

Other comprehensive income/(expense):

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Remeasurement of defined benefit pension schemes

Deferred tax on measurement of defined benefit pension schemes

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

Other comprehensive income/(expense) for the year net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable  
to equity holders of the parent

Year ended  
31 December 2022 
£’000

Year ended  
31 December 2021
£’000

Note

(510)

6,993

27

21

262

(66)

595

791

281

728

(131)

(917)

(320)

6,673

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

69

Consolidated Balance Sheet
As at 31 December 2022

Non-current assets

Goodwill

Other intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Right-of-use assets

Net investment in lease

Deferred tax assets

Retirement benefit scheme assets

Contract assets

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Net investment in lease

Contract assets

Current tax assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Accruals

Contract liabilities

Current tax liabilities

Lease liabilities

Borrowings

Provisions

Net current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Other payables

Deferred tax liabilities

Contract liabilities

Retirement benefit obligations

Lease liabilities

Borrowings

Provisions

Total liabilities

Net assets

70

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Note

2022  
£’000

2021  
£’000

13

14

15

26

26

21

27

3

16

26

3

29

18

3

26

19

20

18

21

3

27

26

19

20

29,176

43,667

1,044

1,435

70

5,064

72

–

80,528

12,505

47

6,676

421

2,891

22,540

103,068

(5,788)

(8,622)

(26,004)

(1,145)

(728)

(35)

(5,194)

(47,516)

(24,976)

(209)

(2,930)

(141)

–

(721)

(6,250)

(483)

(10,734)

(58,250)

44,818

28,582

35,947

962

2,309

–

5,233

–

1,610

74,643

10,602

–

6,178

–

5,924

22,704

97,347

(6,081)

(9,253)

(23,571)

(2,456)

(878)

–

(1,349)

(43,588)

(20,884)

(131)

(2,953)

(1,864)

(215)

(1,449)

–

(807)

(7,419)

(51,007)

46,340

Consolidated Balance Sheet continued
As at 31 December 2022

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Equity

Share capital

Share premium

Other reserves

Accumulated losses

Total equity attributable to equity holders of the parent

Note

23

24

25

2022  
£’000

10,611

83

28,598

5,526

44,818

2021  
£’000

10,519

18,961

27,978

(11,118)

46,340

Notes 1 to 34 form part of these financial statements. The Company’s registered number is 04128850.

The financial statements on pages 68 to 123 were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 23 March 2023 
and were signed on its behalf by:

Richard Last 

Director   

Mark Pickett

Director

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 31 December 2022

Share  
capital  
£’000

Share 
premium  
£’000

Other 
reserves  
£’000

Note

Accumulated 
(losses)/
profits  
£’000

Total  
equity  
£’000

Balance as at 31 December 2020 

10,285

15,951

26,926

(15,530)

37,632

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive expense for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Issue of equity share capital

Equity dividend paid

Credit to equity for share-based payments

Foreign exchange difference on share-based payments

Tax credit on credit to equity for share-based payments

–

–

–

–

–

–

234

3,010

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,078

(26)

–

6,993

(320)

6,673

–

6,993

(320)

6,673

3,244

(2,505)

(2,505)

–

–

244

1,078

(26)

244

23

11

22

22

10

Contributions by and distributions to owners

234

3,010

1,052

(2,261)

2,035

10,519

18,961

27,978

(11,118)

46,340

Balance at 31 December 2021

Loss for the year

Other comprehensive income for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Issue of equity share capital

Share premium capital reduction

Equity dividend paid

Credit to equity for share-based payments

Foreign exchange difference on share-based payments

Tax charge on credit to equity for share-based payments

–

–

–

–

–

–

23, 24

92

481

24

11

22

22

10

–

–

–

–

–

(19,359)

–

–

–

–

Contributions by and distributions to owners

92

(18,878)

–

–

–

–

–

–

589

31

–

620

(510)

(510)

791

281

–

19,359

791

281

573

–

(2,736)

(2,736)

–

–

(260)

589

31

(260)

16,363

(1,803)

At 31 December 2022

10,611

83

28,598

5,526

44,818

72

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
For the year ended 31 December 2022

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Net cash from operating activities

Investing activities

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

Expenditure on intangible assets

Payment of deferred consideration for acquisitions

Acquisition of investments in subsidiaries – cash 
consideration

Acquisition of investments in subsidiaries – cash acquired

Proceeds from sub-leases

Net gain on forward contracts

Note

28

15

14

20

26

Year ended  
31 December 2022 
£’000

Year ended  
31 December 2021 
£’000

6,106

13,889

(716)

(10,369)

(994)

–

–

29

23

(563)

(10,224)

(2,180)

(4,512)

317

52

249

Net cash outflow from investing activities

(12,027)

(16,861)

Financing activities

Interest paid

Loan arrangement fees

Loan drawdown

Loan repayment

Proceeds on issue of shares

Principal paid on lease liabilities

Interest paid on lease liabilities

Equity dividend paid

Net cash from/(used in) financing activities

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

(229)

(9)

8,500

(2,250)

573

(943)

(60)

(2,736)

2,846

(3,075)

5,924

7

2,856

(65)

(45)

15,000

(15,000)

3,244

(1,002)

(85)

(2,505)

(458)

(3,430)

9,520

(166)

5,924

23,24

26

26

11

17

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

73

Notes to the Financial Statements

1. Accounting policies
General information

Tribal Group plc (the Company) is a company incorporated, registered and domiciled in England and Wales in the United Kingdom under 
the Companies Act. The Company is a public limited company which is listed on the Alternative Investment Market (AIM). The address of 
the registered office is given on page 124. The principal activities of the Company and its subsidiaries (the Group) and the nature of the 
Group’s operations are set out in Note 4 and in the Strategic Report on pages 1 to 37. The financial statements are presented in pounds 
sterling because that is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Group operates. Foreign operations are included 
in accordance with the policies set out below. The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial 
statements are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

Basis of preparation

The financial statements on pages 68 to 123 have been prepared in accordance with UK adopted International Accounting 
Standards.The financial information has been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for contingent consideration, share-
based payments and forward exchange contracts which are recognised at fair value. 

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with UK adopted International Accounting Standards requires the use 
of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the 
Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and 
estimates are significant to the financial statements are disclosed in Note 2.

Adoption of new and revised standards

In the current financial year, there have been no new standards or amendments which became effective for the current reporting 
period that have had a material effect on the Group.

At the date of the authorisation of these financial statements, the following Standards and Interpretations which have not been 
applied in these financial statements were in issue but not yet effective (and in some cases had not been adopted by the UK):

Mandatorily effective for periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023:

IFRS 17  

Insurance contracts

Amendments to IAS 1 and Practice Statement 2  Disclosure of accounting policies

Amendments to IAS 8 

Accounting policies – changes in estimates and error

Amendments to IAS 12 

Deferred tax arising from single transaction

Mandatorily effective for periods beginning on or after 1 January 2024:

Amendments to IAS 1 

Amendments to IAS 1 

Classification of liabilities as current or non-current

Non-current liabilities with covenants

Amendments to IFRS 16 

Liability in a sale and leaseback

None of the above standards are expected to have a material impact on the Group or are expected to be early adopted.

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and entities controlled by the 
Company (its subsidiaries) made up to 31 December each year. Control is achieved where the Company:

•  has the power over the investee;

• 

is exposed, or has the rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and

•  has the ability to use its power to affect its returns.

The results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the consolidated income statement from the 
effective date of acquisition or up to the effective date of disposal, as appropriate. All intra-Group transactions, balances, income 
and expenses are eliminated on consolidation.

74

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Adoption of the going concern basis

As at 31 December 2022, the Group had cash and cash equivalents of £2.9m (2021: £5.9m) and borrowings of £6.3m (2021: £nil). 
The Group had a £2m committed overdraft facility in the UK and a AUD$2m committed overdraft facility in Australia, both facilities 
are committed on a 12-month rolling period ending August 2023 and October 2023 respectively. At the year-end there was £1.97m 
available but undrawn in respect of the UK overdraft facility (£35,000 had been drawn down) and $AUD2m available but undrawn in 
respect of the Australian overdraft facility.

Tribal Group plc has undertaken to make adequate financial resources available to the Group to meet its current and future 
obligations as and when they fall due by entering a £17m loan facility to cover temporary working capital requirements of the Group 
and corporate merger and acquisition activity, if required, which expires in December 2024. 

The Group benefits from strong annual recurring revenues and cash generation, it also has a significant pipeline of committed 
income as it enters 2023 which provides a good level of protection and certainty to the business. While the Group’s net current 
liability position has increased to £25.0m from £20.9m in 2021, the increase is driven by the increase in borrowings of £6.3m and 
the recognition of an onerous contract provision of £4.0m. The remaining net current liabilities is primarily made up of net contract 
liabilities of £19.5m (2021: £17.6m) relating to deferred customer revenue recognised in accordance with IFRS 15.

The Group had a positive end to the year for sales, closing several significant sales to new and existing customers, and expanding its 
global footprint. The financial impact of the pandemic and the changing expectations of students, means that never has the need for 
cloud-based solutions for the Education market been more pressing. The investments the Group continue to make position Tribal at 
the forefront of this evolution in the industry, in addition, the Board has engaged advisors and is considering its strategic options and 
opportunities for the Education Services business. 

Management have assessed a range of outcomes in relation to the NTU contract and its potential impact on the Group’s cash flows. 
If mediation is not successful, it may result in litigation. Should the contract result in litigation, timelines will be uncertain but are 
considered unlikely to be resolved within the next 12 months. Management is undertaking a range of actions, including assessing all 
discretionary spend, in order to improve cash flows as a matter of prudence. 

In assessing the Group’s going concern position the Directors have considered all relevant facts, latest forecasts, an assessment of the 
risks faced by the Group, and considered potential changes in trading performance with particular focus on the challenges faced with 
the implementation of the NTU contact. In addition, management have sufficiently stress tested the latest forecasts to the point where 
either the Group cannot meet its liabilities or is in breach of banking covenants and have concluded that this position is highly unlikely, 
and therefore does not have a significant impact on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. Accordingly, the Directors have 
a reasonable expectation that the Group and the Company have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for at least 
12 months from the date of approval of the financial statements and the foreseeable future. Thus, they continue to adopt the going 
concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration receivable from the provision of goods and services to third party 
customers in the normal course of business. Revenue is stated excluding sales tax and trade discounts. The particular recognition 
policies applied in respect of the various potential elements of short-term or repeat service contracts are as set out below.

For multi-element contracts that include more than one separable revenue stream, the stand alone selling prices of the component parts 
are established, and revenue recognised for each separable element in line with the relevant policy below. Where legally separate contracts 
are entered into at or near the same time, with the same entity and were negotiated as a package, they are treated as a single arrangement 
for accounting purposes. Performance obligations are met in the same way they are for each relevant stream as noted below.

In addition to this, the Group has long-term contracts for the provision of more complex, project-based services including 
arrangements that involve significant production, modification, or customisation of software. Where the outcome of such long-
term project-based contracts can be measured reliably, revenue and costs are recognised by reference to the stage of completion 
of the project at the balance sheet date. This is measured by the proportion that development time incurred for work performed 
to date bears to the estimated total development time required. Variations in contract work and claims are included to the extent 
that the amount can be measured reliably, and its receipt is considered probable.

Variable consideration linked to contract performance and related sales revenue is calculated and recognised based on the 
probability weighted value of a range of possible outcomes. It is addressed at the beginning of a contract and reviewed annually 
for qualitative factors. Variable consideration is constrained when it is highly probable that it will reverse in subsequent periods 
and is accounted for as an adjustment to contract revenue and accrued income.

Where the outcome of a long-term project-based contract cannot be estimated reliably, contract revenue is recognised to the 
extent of contract costs that it is probable will be recovered. When it is probable that the total contract costs will exceed total 
contract revenue, the expected loss is recognised as an expense within administrative expenses immediately.

The transaction price of contracted goods and services is shown separately in the contract with customers. The contracted 
prices of each component of a product sale are expected to provide a robust and appropriate starting point in seeking to allocate 
the total transaction price to the identified performance obligations. The time value of money is not expected to be significant as 
contracts where cash is disconnected from revenue by greater than one year are likely to be rare. 

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

75

1. Accounting policies continued

Revenue recognition continued

Interest is accrued on a time basis, by reference to the principal outstanding and at the effective interest rate applicable.

Balances arise on contract assets and liabilities when cumulative payments received from customers at the balance sheet date 
do not necessarily equal the amount of revenue recognised on contracts. Customers are on standard payment terms which may 
result in settlement of invoices prior to recognition of associated revenue.

Student Information Systems:

Licence & Development Fees – applies to Foundation Software and Edge

•  Revenue on perpetual software licenses is recognised on the commencement of software implementation and related 

consultancy.

•  Revenue on fixed price software licenses is recognised over the duration of the project implementation period on a percentage 
complete basis being the number of days complete compared to the number of days expected for the project based on 
timesheet records. Revenue is recognised over time as the conditions as set out in IFRS 15.35(a) are met.

•  Revenue from term software licenses is recognised on a pro-rata basis over the period of the license. This has the effect of 
spreading the recognition of License & Development Fees revenue over an extended period, rather than immediate, upfront 
recognition, to reflect the performance obligation of the license transferring over time in line with IFRS 15.B56. 

•  Customer paid enhancements (Development Fees) are recognised in line with Implementation Services as noted below.

Support & Maintenance – applies to Foundation Software and Edge

•  Revenue from contracts for software maintenance and support is recognised on a pro rata basis over the contract period, 

reflecting the Group’s obligation to support the relevant software products and update their content over the contract period.

Implementation Services – applies to Professional Services

•  Revenue from software implementation, consultancy and other services that involve the purchase of a number of days is 

recognised as the service is provided.

• 

If implementation services are inherently linked to the delivery of fixed price software, revenue is recognised on a percentage complete 
basis being the number of days complete compared to the number of days expected for the project based on timesheet records.

Cloud Services – applies to Cloud Services

• 

 Revenue from contracts for cloud services is recognised on a pro rata basis over the contract period, reflecting the Group’s 
obligation to host the relevant software products over the contract period.

Other Services – applies to Other Software Services (including Bespoke Software, Software Solutions, Data Managed 
Services and SchoolEdge)

•  Revenue from other services that are provided for a specific term are recognised on a pro rata basis over the contract period. 
This includes services such as hosting and managed IT services; and where services include any element of Licence and 
Development Fees, Support and Maintenance, Implementation Services or Cloud Services revenue recognition will be in line 
with the policy outline in the relevant section above.

Education Services:

Revenue from the sale of services is recognised upon transfer of control to the customer and assessment of performance 
obligations. This is generally when services are performed for customers. The method by which the Group measures the service 
being performed varies depending on the nature of the contract, but will typically be driven by either time incurred or deliverables 
delivered as appropriate to the particular arrangement with the customer. Performance obligations are considered to be met upon 
the transfer of deliverables as defined in the contract.

Refund liability

A refund liability is measured at the amount the entity ultimately expects it will have to return to the customer and such amount 
is not included in the transaction price. The Group updates its estimates of refund liabilities (and the corresponding change in the 
transaction price) at the end of each reporting period and this is included in other payables.

Deferred contingent consideration

The Group has deferred contingent consideration obligations arising from acquisitions. 

The accounting for changes in the present value of deferred contingent and non-contingent consideration, that do not qualify as 
measurement period adjustments, and for which consideration is classified as a liability, are remeasured at subsequent reporting 
dates at present value with the corresponding gain or loss being recognised in profit or loss. 

Any equity-based consideration is recognised in equity at the date it is agreed and would not be remeasured at subsequent 
reporting dates, with subsequent settlement accounted for within equity.

76

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedStrategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Goodwill

Goodwill arising in a business combination is recognised as an asset at the date that control is acquired (the acquisition date). 
Goodwill is measured as the excess of the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the 
acquiree and the fair value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest (if any) in the entity over the net of the acquisition date 
amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

If, after reassessment, the Group’s interest in the fair value of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets exceeds the sum of the 
consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the fair value of the acquirer’s previously held 
equity interest in the acquiree (if any), the excess is recognised immediately in the income statement as a bargain purchase gain.

Goodwill is not amortised but is reviewed for impairment at least annually. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated  
to each of the Group’s cash-generating units (CGUs) expected to benefit from the combination. CGUs (or groups of CGUs) to which 
goodwill has been allocated are tested for impairment annually, or more frequently when there is an indication that the unit may be 
impaired. If the recoverable amount of the CGU (or groups of CGUs) is less than its carrying amount, the impairment loss is allocated  
first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the CGUs (or group of CGUs) and then to the other assets of the CGU  
(or groups of CGUs) pro rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset. An impairment loss recognised for goodwill is not 
reversed in a subsequent period.

On disposal of a subsidiary or a division, the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the determination of the profit and 
loss on disposal. Goodwill arising on acquisition before the date of transition to IFRS has been retained at the previous UK GAAP 
amounts, subject to being tested for impairment at that date.

Merger reserve

The merger reserve comprises the non-statutory premium arising on shares issued as consideration for acquisitions of 
subsidiaries where merger relief under the relevant section of the Companies Act applies. To the extent that the creation  
of goodwill originally gave rise to a merger reserve, upon impairment an appropriate amount is transferred from the merger  
reserve to the profit and loss reserve. 

Impairment of tangible and intangible assets excluding goodwill

At each balance sheet date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible and intangible assets and right-of-use assets 
to determine whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the 
recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment (if any). Tangible and Intangible 
assets are amortised over their estimated useful lives (see Notes 14 and 15). 

The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and the value in use. The estimated future cash flows are 
discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of 
money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted. If the recoverable 
amount of an asset is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced to its recoverable 
amount. An impairment loss is recognised as an expense immediately.

Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to the revised estimate of its 
recoverable amount, but so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined 
had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognised as income 
immediately.

Unlike intangible assets and goodwill, right-of-use assets are not subject to a significant risk of material impairment, due to the 
nature and short-term duration of the leases held by the Group. Expected changes to the rental duration of office properties and the 
corresponding discount rate used to value lease liabilities are not considered probable within the course of normal business, so are 
excluded from the requirements set out in IAS 1.125.

Business systems

The Group’s business systems (internal operational systems; ie finance, HR) are treated as an intangible asset where the probable 
future economic benefits arising from the investment can be assessed with reasonable certainty at the time the costs are 
incurred. Costs included are those directly attributable to the design, construction and testing of new systems (including major 
enhancements) from the point of inception to the point of satisfactory completion as defined by IAS 38, with the exception of 
cloud computing costs which are expensed as incurred. Maintenance and minor modifications are expensed against the income 
statement as incurred. These assets are amortised by equal instalments over 10 years.

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

77

1. Accounting policies continued

Internally generated intangible assets – research and development costs

Expenditure on research activities is recognised as an expense in the period in which it is incurred.

An internally generated intangible asset arising from the Group’s product development is recognised only if all of the following 
conditions have been demonstrated:

• 

• 

• 

the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale;

the intention to complete the intangible asset and use or sell it;

the ability to use or sell the intangible asset;

•  how the intangible asset will generate probable future economic benefits;

• 

• 

the availability of adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the asset; and

the ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development.

Where no internally generated intangible asset can be recognised, development expenditure is recognised as an expense in the 
period in which it is incurred.

Intangible assets

Intangible asses are stated at cost, net of amortisation and any recognised impairment loss. These assets are amortised on a 
straight-line basis over their useful economic lives as follows:

•  Development costs – 3 to 15 years;

•  Business systems – 10 years; and

•  Software licences – 3 to 5 years.

Acquired Intangibles

Acquired intangibles are stated at cost, net of amortisation and any recognised impairment loss. These assets are amortised on a 
straight-line basis over their useful economic lives as follows:

•  Aquired Intellectual property – 15 years;

•  Acquired Software – 3 to 8 years; and

•  Acquired Customer contracts & relationships – 3 to 12 years.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost, net of depreciation and any recognised impairment loss. Depreciation is charged 
so as to write off the cost of each asset, other than assets in the course of construction, by equal instalments over their 
estimated useful economic lives as follows:

• 

Leasehold buildings – life of the lease; and

•  Fixtures, fittings and other equipment – 3 to 7 years.

Leases

The Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement date. The right-of-use asset is 
measured by reference to the measurement of the lease liability on that date, less any lease incentives received. The right-of-use 
asset is subsequently depreciated using the straight-line method from the commencement date to the earlier of the end of the 
useful life of the right-of-use asset or the end of the lease term.

The lease liability is initially measured at the present values of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date, 
discounted using the Group’s incremental borrowing rate. The lease payments also include the exercise price of a purchase option 
reasonably certain to be exercised by the Group and payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects 
the Group exercising the option to terminate. Variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or a rate are recognised as 
expenses in the period in which the event or condition that triggers the payment occurs.

Short-term leases and leases of low-value assets

The Group has elected not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for short-term leases of buildings that have a lease 
term of 12 months or less and leases of low-value items including office equipment. The Group recognises the lease payments 
associated with these leases as an expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. 

Sub-leases

When the Group is an intermediate lessor, it accounts for its interests in the head lease and the sub-lease separately. It assesses 
the lease classification as a sub-lease with reference to the right-of-use-asset arising from the head lease, not with reference to 
the underlying asset.

78

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedStrategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other items

IAS 1, ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’, provides no definitive guidance as to the format of the income statement, but 
states key lines which should be disclosed. It also encourages the disclosure of additional line items and the reordering of 
items presented on the face of the income statement when appropriate for a proper understanding of the entity’s financial 
performance. The Group has adopted a policy of disclosing separately on the face of its Group income statement the effect of any 
components of financial performance considered by the Directors to be not directly related to the trading business or regarded as 
exceptional, or for which separate disclosure would assist in a better understanding of the financial performance achieved.

Both materiality and the nature and function of the components of income and expense are considered in deciding upon such 
presentation. Such items may include, inter alia, impairment and amortisation charges relating to goodwill and other intangible 
assets, the financial effect of major restructuring and integration activity, gains or losses associated with acquisitions (including 
the costs of such acquisitions, movements in deferred contingent consideration and the associated unwind of any discount 
thereon), profits or losses arising on business disposals, share-based payments and other items where separate disclosure is 
considered appropriate by the Directors, including the taxation impact of the aforementioned items.

Retirement benefit costs

The Group operates two defined contribution pension schemes that are established in accordance with employment terms set by the 
employing companies. The assets of these schemes are held separately from those of the Group in independently administered funds.  
The amount charged against profits represents the contributions payable to the scheme in respect of the accounting period. 

Payments made to state-managed retirement benefit schemes are dealt with as payments to defined contribution schemes, where 
the Group’s obligations under the schemes are equivalent to those arising in a defined contribution retirement benefit scheme. 

For defined benefit retirement schemes, the cost of providing benefits is determined using the Projected Unit Credit Method, with 
actuarial valuations being carried out at the end of each reporting period. Remeasurement comprising actuarial gains and losses, 
the effect of the asset ceiling (if applicable) and the return on scheme assets (excluding interest) are recognised immediately in the 
balance sheet with a charge or credit to the statement of comprehensive income in the period in which they occur. Remeasurement 
recorded in the statement of comprehensive income is not recycled. Past service cost is recognised in profit or loss in the period 
of scheme amendment. Net interest is calculated by applying a discount rate to the net defined benefit liability or asset. Defined 
benefit costs are split into three categories:

•  current service cost, past service cost and gains and losses on curtailments and settlements;

•  net interest expense or income; and

• 

remeasurement.

The Group presents the first component of defined benefit costs within cost of sales and administrative expenses in the 
consolidated income statement. Curtailment gains and losses are accounted for as past-service cost. Net interest expense 
or income is recognised within finance costs. The retirement benefit obligation recognised in the consolidated balance sheet 
represents the deficit or surplus in the Group’s defined benefit pension schemes. Any surplus resulting from this calculation is 
limited to the present value of any economic benefits available in the form of refunds from the schemes or reductions in future 
contributions to the schemes.

Provisions

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation as a result of a past event, and it is probable that the Group will 
be required to settle the obligation. Provisions are measured at the Directors’ best estimate of the expenditure required to settle 
the obligation at the balance sheet date, and are discounted to present value where the effect is material.

A property related provision is recognised and measured as a provision when the Group has a present obligation arising under a 
property related contract. This includes dilapidation costs arising from exiting a leasehold property where the costs are not all 
expected to be incurred during the next year. For a business that is closed or to be discontinued the provision reflects the costs 
associated with exiting the property leased by the discontinued or closed business.

Present obligations arising under onerous contracts are recognised and measured as provisions. An onerous contract is 
considered to exist where the Group has a contract under which the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the 
contract exceed the economic benefits expected to be received under it.

A legal claims provision is recognised and measured as a provision when the Group has a present obligation arising under a legal 
claim. This includes anticipated costs to resolve any contractual disputes and any anticipated costs in respect of disputes arising 
on previously disposed of businesses. 

A restructuring provision is recognised when the Group has developed a detailed formal plan for the restructuring and has raised a 
valid expectation in those affected that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its main 
features to those affected by it. The measurement of a restructuring provision includes only the direct expenditures arising from 
the restructuring, which are those amounts that are both necessarily entailed by the restructuring and not associated with the 
ongoing activities of the entity. 

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

79

1. Accounting policies continued
Foreign currencies 

Transactions in currencies other than the local functional currency are recorded at the rates of exchange on the dates of the 
transactions. At each balance sheet date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated 
at the rates prevailing on the balance sheet date, with differences recognised in profit or loss in the period in which they arise. 

On consolidation, the assets and liabilities of the Group’s overseas operations are translated at exchange rates prevailing on the 
balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rates for the period. These are considered 
to be approximate rates for the transaction dates. Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity 
are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing rate. Exchange differences arising, if any, are 
recognised directly within equity within other comprehensive income. Such translation differences are recognised as income or 
expense in the period in which the operation is disposed of.

Share-based payments

The Group issues equity-settled share-based payments to certain employees. Equity-settled share-based payments are 
measured at fair value at the date of grant. This is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting periods of the instruments. 
At each balance sheet date, the Group revises its estimate of the number of equity instruments expected to vest as a result of 
the effect of the particular vesting conditions. The impact of the revision of the original estimates, if any, is recognised in profit or 
loss such that the cumulative expense reflects the revised estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to other reserves in equity. 

Fair value is measured by use of an adjusted Black-Scholes model for the 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 and 2022 LTIPs (including the 
CSOP) and the 2019 SAYE, and a Monte-Carlo model for the LTIPs awarded in 2016, as these will vest dependent on market conditions.

Tax

Current tax is provided at amounts expected to be paid or recovered using the tax rates and laws that have been enacted or 
substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Current tax provisions are recognised in accordance with IFRIC 23 and represent genuine uncertain tax treatments. The Group 
continually monitors the status of any tax provisions and will reassess annually based on any changes in facts or circumstances 
leading to a ‘more likely than not’ outcome.

Research and development tax credits are recognised in other revenue in the consolidated income statement.

Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between the carrying values of assets and liabilities in 
the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit, and is accounted for using the 
balance sheet liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred 
tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary 
differences can be utilised. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from goodwill or from 
initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the tax 
profit nor the accounting profit.

The carrying value of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer 
probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered. Deferred tax is calculated 
at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised. Deferred tax in the 
income statement is charged or credited, except when it relates to items charged or credited directly to equity, in which case the 
deferred tax is also dealt within equity.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current 
tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to settle its 
current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis. 

Financial instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the Group’s balance sheet when the Group becomes a party to the 
contractual provisions of the instrument.

Financial assets

Financial assets are classified into the following specified categories: financial assets ‘at fair value through profit or loss’ (FVTPL) 
and ‘amortised cost’. The classification depends on the nature and purpose of the financial assets and is determined at the time 
of initial recognition. The Group does not currently hold any assets at fair value through profit or loss.

Amortised cost

These assets arise principally from the provision of goods and services to customers (e.g. trade receivables) and cash and cash 
equivalents. They are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs that are directly attributable to their acquisition, and 
are subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, less provision for impairment.

80

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedStrategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Impairment of financial assets

Impairment provisions for current and non-current trade receivables are recognised based on the simplified approach within 
IFRS 9 using a provision matrix in the determination of credit losses. During this process the probability of the non-payment of 
the trade receivable is assessed. This probability is then multiplied by the amount of the expected loss arising from default to 
determine the expected credit loss for the trade receivables. Provisions are recorded net in a separate provision account with the 
loss being recognised in the consolidated income statement. On confirmation that the trade receivable will not be collectable, the 
gross carrying value of the asset is written off against the associated provision.

Impairment provisions for receivables from related parties and loans to related parties are recognised based on a forward looking 
expected credit loss model. The methodology used to determine the amount of provision is based on whether there has been a 
significant increase in credit risk since the initial recognition of the asset.

The Group’s financial assets measured at amortised cost comprise trade and other receivables and cash and cash equivalents.

Cash comprises cash in hand and deposits repayable on demand. These instruments are readily convertible to a known amount of 
cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of change in value.

Financial liabilities and equity

Financial liabilities and equity instruments are classified according to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered 
into.

Equity instruments

An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Group after deducting all of its 
liabilities. Equity instruments issued by the Group are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.

Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities are classified as either financial liabilities ‘at FVTPL’ or ‘amortised cost’. The only financial liabilities held ‘at 
FVTPL’ by the Group is deferred contingent consideration.

Dividends

Dividends are recognised when they become legally payable. In the case of final dividends, this is when approved by the 
shareholders at the AGM.

Contingent liabilities

Contingent liabilities are disclosed when there are uncertainties related to the amount or timing of any outflows.

2. Critical accounting judgements and sources of estimation uncertainty
In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, which are described in Note 1, the Board has made the following 
judgements that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements.

Goodwill

The carrying value of goodwill at the year-end is £29.2m (2021: £28.6m). An annual impairment review is required under IAS 36 
‘Impairment of assets’ involving judgement of the future cash flows and discount rates for cash-generating units. The Group 
prepares such cash flow forecasts derived from the most recent budgets approved by the Board of Directors. Further details of 
the other assumptions used are given in Note 13.

Other intangible assets (Development costs)

The carrying value of development costs is £36.7m (2021: £27.6m). Judgement is required to assess whether costs meet the 
criteria for capitalisation set out in IAS 38, the useful life of those assets, and subsequently the consideration of the potential 
need for impairment of these assets, in particular in relation to their expected ability to generate future revenue. Further details 
of the other assumptions used are given in Note 14.

Onerous contract provision

An onerous contract provision of £4.5m (2021: £nil) was recognised at the year end. This is calculated based on the future 
expected costs to deliver the contract in excess of revenues. Judgement is required to assess the remaining cost to deliver the 
contract. See note 20.

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

81

2. Critical accounting judgements and sources of estimation uncertainty continued 
Revenue recognition

The Group’s revenue recognition policies are disclosed in Note 1. In some cases, particularly in relation to software implementation 
programmes on which we are engaged in a number of international settings, judgement is required to determine the most appropriate 
measure of the stand alone selling prices and the timing of the revenue and profit recognition related to the service and products 
that have been delivered to customers at the balance sheet date. In particular before any license revenue can be recognised, 
the license must have been delivered and installed at the customers premises and be available to use by the customer in the 
environment on which installation will take place. Judgement is also required in the recognition of any variable consideration and in 
the associated risk of recoverability of any associated receivables and contract assets where invoicing and/or payment is subject to 
certain future milestones. Programme delivery requirements, software specification and customer expectations may evolve during 
the course of these major projects. This may result in developments to ongoing commercial arrangements that could materially 
impact the basis of financial judgements made at the period end. Therefore, the potential impact of these evolving obligations and 
the overall customer project status must be considered carefully and where appropriate reflected in accounting judgements.

3. Revenue for contracts with customers
The Group has split revenue into various categories which is intended to enable users to understand the relationship with revenue 
segment information. 

Australia
 £000

Other APAC
£000

North America  
and Rest of  
the world 
£000

Total 
£000

1,617

1,023

25,420

UK
 £000

15,668

6,575

6,577

3,870

7,618

40,308

3,240

43,548

7,176

1,126

8,302

UK 
£000

15,945

4,927

5,097

2,903

8,004

36,876

4,266

41,142

6,888

945

7,833

7,112

106

1,351

400

1,191

10,160

7,808

17,968

–

126

126

7,375

81

1,326

363

2,153

11,298

8,816

20,114

–

371

371

48,975

20,485

515

425

142

2,181

4,880

–

4,880

–

1,080

1,080

5,960

21

144

346

231

1,765

–

1,765

5,570

346

5,916

7,681

1,709

324

237

125

2,338

4,733

–

4,733

–

1,091

1,091

5,824

925

71

145

3

173

1,317

–

1,317

4,181

366

4,547

5,864

7,217

8,497

4,758

11,221

57,113

11,048

68,161

12,746

2,678

15,424

83,585

Total 
£000

25,954

5,403

6,805

3,394

12,668

54,224

13,082

67,306

11,069

2,773

13,842

81,148

51,850

18,094

Australia
£000

Other APAC 
£000

North America  
and Rest of  
the world
£000 

31 December 2022

Foundation – Support & Maintenance

Foundation – Software

Cloud Services

Edge

Professional Services

Core SIS

Other software & services

Total SIS

Schools inspections & other related services (QAS)

i-graduate survey & data analytics

Total ES

Total

31 December 2021

Foundation – Support & Maintenance

Foundation – Software

Cloud Services

Edge

Professional Services

Core SIS

Other software & services

Total SIS

Schools inspections & other related services (QAS)

i-graduate survey & data analytics

Total ES

Total

82

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedStrategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Net contract liabilities

Opening contract balance

Of which released to income statement

New billings and cash in excess of revenue recognised

Closing contract balance

Contract asset/
(liability)
2022
£000

Contract asset/
(liability)
2021
£000

(17,647)

17,405

(19,227)

(19,469)

(19,435)

19,128

(17,340)

(17,647)

Balances arise on contract assets and liabilities when cumulative payments received from customers at the balance sheet date 
do not necessarily equal the amount of revenue recognised on contracts. Customers are on standard payment terms, which may 
result in settlement of invoices prior to the recognition of associated revenue. 

Contract assets inherently have some contractual risks associated with them related to the specific and ongoing risks in each 
individual contract with a customer. The impairment of contract assets/(liabilities) reflects provisions recognised against 
contract assets in relation to these risks. See Note 31.

The amount of incremental costs to obtain a contract which extends over a period of more than 12 months has been recognised 
as an asset in prepayments totalling £0.5m (2021: £0.5m) and will be released in line with the total contract revenue. No amount 
has been impaired at 31 December 2022 or 2021. 

Remaining performance obligations

The amount of revenue that will be recognised in future periods on these contracts when those remaining performance 
obligations will be satisfied is analysed as follows:

At 31 December 2022

2023 
£000

2024 
£000

2025 
£000

Thereafter 
£000

Foundation – Support & Maintenance

24,635

24,472

15,783

Foundation – Software

Cloud Services

Edge

Professional Services

Core SIS

Other software & services

Total SIS

Schools inspections & other related services (QAS)

i-graduate survey & data analytics

Total ES

TOTAL

5,876

8,947

4,648

7,093

51,199

7,577

58,776

12,013

2,121

14,134

72,910

5,275

8,320

4,560

1,303

43,930

3,541

47,471

8,120

1,033

9,153

3,187

5,618

2,996

74

27,658

1,982

29,640

2,101

878

2,979

Total 
£000

71,279

14,472

25,219

13,467

8,482

6,389

134

2,334

1,263

12

10,132

132,919

9

13,109

10,141

146,028

141

439

580

22,375

4,471

26,846

56,624

32,619

10,721

172,874

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

83

3. Revenue for contracts with customers continued
At 31 December 2021

Foundation – Support & Maintenance

24,814

24,063

16,191

12,609

2022 
£000

2023 
£000

2024 
£000

Thereafter 
£000

4,563

7,557

4,132

12,694

53,760

9,873

63,633

6,756

1,501

8,257

3,438

6,982

4,012

1,062

39,557

4,000

43,557

2,136

1,157

3,293

71,890

46,850

2,764

4,816

2,890

107

26,768

2,542

29,310

660

978

1,638

30,948

Foundation – Software

Cloud

Edge

Professional Services

Core SIS

Other software & services

Total SIS

Schools inspections & other related services (QAS)

i-graduate survey & data analytics

Total ES

TOTAL

An analysis of the Group’s revenue is as follows:

Continuing operations

Sales of services 

Total revenue

Total 
£000

77,677

12,833

23,638

12,758

13,990

2,068

4,283

1,724

127

20,811

140,896

677

17,092

21,488

157,988

–

1,279

1,279

9,552

4,915

14,467

22,767

172,455

2022
£’000

2021 
£’000

83,585

83,585

81,148

81,148

Further details of the nature of the services provided are disclosed in Note 4. Sales of goods are not material and are therefore 
not shown separately. Included in sales of services is £1.7m (2021: £0.8m) related to software license revenues recognised as a 
result of a periodic review of our license entitlement resulting from changes in our customers’ enrolled student numbers. 

There is no revenue in respect of discontinued operations.

4. Business segments
Information reported to the Group’s Chief Executive for the purposes of resource allocation and assessment of segment 
performance is focused on the nature of each type of activity. The Group’s reportable segments and principal activities under IFRS 
8 are detailed below: 

•  Student Information Systems (SIS) represents the delivery of software and subsequent maintenance and support services 

and the activities through which we deploy and configure our software for our customers, including software solutions, asset 
management and information managed services; and

• 

 Education Services (ES) represents inspection and review services which support the assessment of educational delivery, and 
a portfolio of performance improvement tools and services, including analytics.

In accordance with IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’, information on segment assets is not shown, as this is not provided to the chief 
operating decision-maker, being the Chief Executive. Inter-segment sales are charged at prevailing market prices.

84

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedStrategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Revenue

Adjusted segment operating profit

Year ended 
31 December 2022 
£’000

Year ended 
31 December 2021 
£’000

Year ended  
31 December 2022 
£’000

Year ended  
31 December 2021 
£’000

68,161

15,424

83,585

67,306

13,842

81,148

11,876

3,719

15,595

(11,146)

4,449

(1,098)

(2,572)

779

25

(417)

387

(897)

(510)

22,404

2,229

24,633

(10,666)

13,967

(947)

(4,132)

8,888

255

(529)

8,614

(1,621)

6,993

Student Information Systems

Education Services

Total

Unallocated corporate expenses

Adjusted operating profit

Amortisation of software and customer 
contracts & relationships (see Note 6)

Other items (see Note 6)

Operating profit

Investment income

Finance costs

Profit before tax

Tax charge

(Loss)/profit after tax

Associated depreciation and amortisation is allocated to segment profits and is included in adjusted segment operating profit as 
above. The amount included in SIS is £2.6m (2021: £1.1m) and within Education Services £0.1m (2021: £nil).

The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as the Group’s accounting policies described in Note 1. Segment 
profit represents the profit earned by each segment, without allocation of central administration costs, including Directors’ 
salaries, finance costs and income tax expense. This is the measure reported to the Group’s Chief Executive for the purpose of 
resource allocation and assessment of segment performance.

Within Education Services revenues of approximately 5% (2021: 4%) have arisen from the segment’s largest customer; within SIS 
revenues of approximately 4% (2021: 4%) have arisen from the segment’s largest customer.

Geographical information

Revenue from external customers, based on location of the customer, is shown below:

UK

Australia

Other Asia Pacific

North America

Rest of the world

Non-current assets (excluding deferred tax)

UK

Australia

Other Asia Pacific

North America

Rest of the world

2022 
£’000

51,850

18,094

5,960

3,616

4,065

83,585

2022 
£’000

60,746

14,350

305

52

11

2021 
£’000

48,975

20,485

5,824

3,149

2,715

81,148

2021
£’000

54,314

13,391

1,637

68

–

75,464

69,410

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

85

5. Operating profit for the year 

Operating profit for the year is stated after charging/(crediting):

Staff costs (excluding amounts capitalised)

Depreciation and other amounts written off in PPE

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

Amortisation of software and customer contracts & relationships

Amortisation of software licenses

Amortisation of business systems

Amortisation of development costs and acquired Intellectual Property

Write off of development costs

Internal	systems	transformation	programme	“VERITAS”

Net impairment loss/(gain) on trade receivables

Research and development expenditure

Net foreign exchange losses/(gains)

The analysis of auditors’ remuneration is as follows:

Note

7

15

26

14

14

14

14

14

14

16

Fees payable to the Company’s current auditors for the audit of the Company’s Annual 
Report

Fees payable to the Company’s current auditors and its associates for other services to the 
Group:

– the audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation

Total audit fees

– audit related assurance services

– non audit related assurance services

Total non-audit fees

Total auditor’s remuneration

2022  
£’000

44,719

623

1,036

1,098

–

20

1,301

113

1,321

7

5,017

114

2022  
£’000

246

210

456

–

–

–

456

2021  
£’000

43,969

650

985

947

1

24

1,008

905

1,715

(44)

6,479

(110)

2021  
£’000

186

156

342

8

5

13

355

Non-audit fees in 2022 were nil. The non-audit fees in 2021 arose as a result of the half year review (£8,000) and as a result of 
business contingency planning advice (£5,000).

Fees payable to BDO LLP and its associates for non-audit services to the Company are not required to be disclosed because the 
consolidated financial statements are required to disclose such fees on a consolidated basis.

Alternative Performance Measures (APM).

A number of non-IFRS adjusted profit measures are used in this annual report and financial statements. Adjusting items are 
excluded from our headline performance measures by virtue of their size and nature, in order to reflect management’s view of 
the performance of the Group. Summarised below is a reconciliation between statutory results to adjusted results. The Group 
believes that alternative performance measures such as adjusted EBITDA are commonly reported by companies in the markets 
in which it competes and are widely used by investors in comparing performance on a consistent basis without regard to factors 
such as depreciation and amortisation, which can vary significantly depending upon accounting methods (particularly when 
acquisitions have occurred), or based on factors which do not reflect the underlying performance of the business. The adjusted 
profit after tax earnings measure is also used for the purpose of calculating adjusted earnings per share.

86

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedStrategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Alternative Performance Measures (APM) continued

Statutory Operating profit

Amortisation of Development cost and acquired Intellectual Property

Amortisation of other intangibles

Depreciation on Property, Plant & Equipment

Depreciation of right-of use assets

Amortisation of software and customer contracts & relationships (Note 6)

Other items (Note 6)

Employee related share option charges (Note 6)

Adjusted Operating Profit (EBITDA)

6. Other items

Acquisition related costs

Employee related share option charges (including employer related taxes)

Internal	systems	transformation	programme	“VERITAS”

Restructuring and associated costs

Amortisation of software and customer contracts & relationships

Total administrative expenses

Other financing costs

Total other items before tax

Tax on other items

Total other items after tax

2022  
£’000

779

1,301

20

623

1,036

1,098

2,122

450

7,429

2021  
£’000

 8,888

1,008

 25

650

985

947

2,504

1,628

16,635

2022  
£’000

(186)

(450)

(1,321)

(615)

(1,098)

(3,670)

(94)

(3,764)

2,010

(1,754)

 Change 
£’000

(8,109)

293

(5)

(27)

51

151

(382)

(1,178)

(9,206)

2021 
£’000

(765)

(1,628)

(1,715)

(24)

(947)

(5,079)

(299)

(5,378)

619

(4,759)

The Group has adopted a policy of disclosing separately on the face of its Group income statement the effect of any components of 
financial performance considered by the Directors to be not directly related to the trading business or regarded as exceptional, or for 
which separate disclosure would assist in a better understanding of the financial performance achieved. Both materiality and the nature 
and function of the components of income and expense are considered in deciding upon such presentation. As such, ‘other items’ are 
not part of the Group’s underlying trading activities and include the following:

Acquisition related costs: Amounts relating to the consultancy and legal costs of potential acquisitions in the period total £186,000. 
In 2021 the costs related to the acquisition of Semestry Limited, and the acquisition of Eveoh BV’s assets into Semestry Netherlands 
BV (2021: £832,000). Under IFRS 3 these amounts were expensed as they are not eligible for capitalisation. Also in 2021 accounting 
for changes in the fair value of the contingent deferred consideration were remeasured as part of the earn-out agreement with Tribal 
Dynamics Limited, and the corresponding gain was recognised in the income statement (2021: £(67,000)). These are all considered to 
be one-off costs in the year. 

Employee related share option charges. The numbers above include:

•  share-based payments (see note 22) plus foreign exchange (2022: £(31,000): 2021: £27,000); 

• 

• 

the movement in associated employers taxes accrual (2022: £(215,000): 2021: £494,000); 

the amounts accrued and paid on dividends on share options that have met performance conditions (2022: £(15,000): 2021: 
£(10,000)). When the Company declares a cash dividend, some option holders are entitled to a ‘dividend equivalent’. This is a 
payment in cash and/or additional shares with a value determined by reference to the dividends that would have been paid on the 
vested shares in respect of dividend record dates occurring during the period between the grant of the Award and the date on which 
it becomes exercisable; and 

•  a nominal value paid to employees as a bonus (2022: £91,000: 2021: £65,000). Under Companies Act 2006 rules a nominal value 
must be paid to issue new shares, however under the rules of the LTIP and Matching Shares Schemes the Company will pay the 
nominal value to the participants as a bonus.

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

87

6. Other items continued
Other items are detailed below:

•  during 2022 and 2021 the Group has been running the Veritas Programme. This includes an upgrade to its accounting 

system (Microsoft Dynamics D365) and is part of a wider implementation of a new target operating model and processes 
to provide greater operating efficiencies and reporting functionalities. Following clarified guidance issued in relation to IAS 
38, £1,321,000 of costs have been expensed to the income statement (2021: £1,715,000). The upgrade is material and 
non-recurring in nature. The system went live in January 2023 and all further costs will be expensed as part of the Group’s 
underlying activities;

• 

restructuring and associated costs relate to the restructuring of the Group’s operations (2022: £615,000: 2021: £24,000). 

Amortisation of software and customer contracts and relationships: Amortisation arising on the fair value of intangible assets 
acquired is separately disclosed. (2022: £1,098,000: 2021: £947,000).

Other financing charges: Consistent with the treatment of movements in deferred consideration, the unwind of the discount 
on deferred consideration is separately presented as other financing costs in the income statement (2022: £94,000: 2021: 
£299,000).

Taxation: The tax credit arising on the above items is presented on a consistent basis with the underlying cost or credit to which 
it relates and therefore is also presented separately on the face of the income statement. This includes a release of £1.3m tax 
provision previously recognised in relation to the Group relief claim from Care UK for the year ended 31 March 2007. See Note 30 
for further details.

7. Staff numbers and costs

The average monthly number of persons employed under contracts of service by the Group (including Executive Directors) during 
the year was as follows:

Selling, operations, marketing and development

Finance and administration

The aggregate payroll costs of these persons were as follows:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Other pension costs

Restructuring costs

Share option charge*

2022  
number

880

92

972

2022 
 £’000

45,892

3,957

2,005

752

574

53,180

2021  
number

848

88

936

2021 
 £’000

44,224

4,179

2,022

185

1,068

51,678

*  

Includes £(15,000) (2021: £(10,000)) amounts paid and accrued on dividends on share options that have met performance conditions.

The total payroll costs above include £8,461,000 (2021: £7,709,000) capitalised as development costs. £35,307,000 of payroll 
costs are included in cost of sales and £17,873,000 of payroll costs are included in administrative expenses.

8. Investment income

Fair value movement on forward exchange contract

Interest receivable on leased assets

Total investment income

88

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

2022 
 £’000

23

2

25

2021 
 £’000

249

6

255

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedStrategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

9. Finance costs

Interest on bank overdrafts and loans

Loan arrangement fees

Net interest payable on retirement benefit obligations

Interest expense on lease liabilities and dilapidation provisions

Adjusted finance costs

Unwinding of discounts

Other finance costs

Total finance costs

10. Tax

Current tax

UK corporation tax

Overseas tax

Adjustments in respect of prior years

Deferred tax

Current year

Adjustments in respect of prior years

Tax charge on profits

2022  
£’000

229

9

4

81

323

94

94

417

2022 
 £’000

(1,381)

1,967

483

1,069

(212)

40

(172)

897

2021  
£’000

70

45

14

101

230

299

299

529

2021 
 £’000

(319)

2,017

(103)

1,595

(2)

28

26

1,621

See Note 21 for further analysis of movements in the deferred tax position. The continuing tax charge can be reconciled to the 
profit from continuing operations per the income statement as follows:

Profit before tax on continuing operations

Tax charge at standard UK rate of 19% (2021: 19%)

Effects of:

Overseas tax rates

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

Adjustments in respect of prior years

Additional deduction for R&D expenditure

Share scheme costs

Fixed assets ineligible depreciation

Utilisation of unrecognised tax losses (Note 21)

Movement in IFRIC 23 tax provision

Effect of changes in tax rates

Tax expense for the year

2022  
£’000

387

74

619

14

523

(23)

19

(14)

989

(1,405)

101

897

2021 
£’000

8,614

1,637

688

190

(74)

(13)

(174)

(47)

84

(371)

(299)

1,621

In addition to the amount charged to the income statement a current tax credit of £24,000 (2021: £53,000) and a deferred tax 
charge of £284,000 (2021: £395,000) has been recognised directly in equity during the year in relation to Share Schemes. 

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

89

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

10. Tax continued
A deferred tax charge of £726,000 (2021: £131,000) has been recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive 
Income in relation to defined benefit pension schemes. 

The Group continues to hold an appropriate corporation tax provision in relation to the Group relief claimed from Care UK for the 
year ended 31 March 2007, together with other appropriate Group provisions. There has been some progress in the Care UK case 
in the year to 31 December 2022. Under IFRIC 23 management have reviewed this uncertain tax provision and now consider it 
appropriate to make an adjustment due to the progression in the year. See note 30. 

The income tax expense for the year is based on the UK statutory rate of corporation tax for the period of 19% (2021: 19%). Tax 
for other jurisdictions is calculated at the prevailing rates in the respective jurisdictions.

In the 3 March 2021 Budget, it was announced that the UK tax rate will increase to 25% from 1 April 2023. As the rate of 25% has 
been substantively enacted at the balance sheet date, the deferred tax balances have been calculated at 25%. 

11. Dividends

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders in the period:

Final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2021 of 1.3 pence  
(Final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2020: 1.2 pence) per share

2022  
£’000

2021  
£’000

2,736

2,505

Proposed final dividend:

Proposed final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2022 of 0.65 pence  
(year ended 31 December 2021: 1.3 pence) per share

1,379

2,735

The Board regularly reviews the available distributable reserves (notes 24 and 25) of Tribal Group plc to ensure they are protected 
for future dividend payments.

12. Earnings/(loss) per share
Basic earnings per share and diluted earnings per share are calculated by reference to a weighted average number of Ordinary 
Shares calculated as follows:

Weighted average number of shares outstanding:

Basic weighted average number of shares in issue

Dilutive weighted average number of employee share options

Total weighted average number of shares outstanding for dilution calculations

2022 
‘000

211,627

3,236

214,863

 Restated* 
2021 
‘000

209,073

5,557

214,630

*The 2021 basic calculation has been re-stated to include 1,490,169 LTIP and CSOP shares that have met the vesting criteria but have yet to be exercised. The previously reported 

share numbers used are as follows: Basic weighted average shares 207,986,000; Dilutive weighted average shares 7,047,000; Total weighted average shares 214,981,000. The 

previously reported EPS was as follows: Basic 3.4p; Adjusted Basic 5.7p. The diluted EPS did not change.

Diluted earnings per share reflects the dilutive effect of LTIP and CSOP share options for which vesting criteria have been met. In 
regards the diluted loss per share in 2022, all potentially dilutive ordinary shares, including options are anti-dilutive as they would 
decrease the loss per share.

The maximum number of potentially dilutive shares, based on options that have been granted but have not yet met vesting 
criteria, is 3,328,168 (2021: 7,125,172). This includes 92,157 options in the 2019 SAYE Scheme (2021: 876,512).

The adjusted basic and diluted earnings per share figures shown are included as the Directors believe that they provide a better 
understanding of the underlying trading performance of the Group. A reconciliation of how these figures are calculated is set out 
below:

90

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedNet (loss)/profit

Earnings/(loss) per share

Basic

Diluted

Adjusted net profit

Adjusted earnings per share

Basic

Diluted

(Loss)/profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders

Add back:

Amortisation of software and customer contracts & relationships

Share-based payments

Internal	systems	transformation	programme	“VERITAS”

Unwinding of discounts

Movement in deferred consideration

Other acquisition costs

Restucturing and associated costs

Reduction of tax provision

Other items (net of tax)

Total adjusting items

Adjusted earnings

13. Goodwill

Cost 

At beginning of year

Additions 

Exchange differences 

At end of year

Accumulated impairment losses 

At beginning of year

At end of year

Net book value 

At end of year

At beginning of year

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

2022 
£’000

(510)

(0.2)p

(0.2)p

Restated*
2021 
£’000

6,993

3.3p

3.2p

1,244

11,752

0.6p

0.6p

5.6p

5.5p

(Loss)/profit for the year

Earnings per share

2022 
 £’000

(510)

889

324

1,139

94

–

186

456

(1,352)

18

1,754

1,244

2021 
 £’000

6,993

1,083

1,400

1,460

299

(67)

832

–

–

(248)

4,759

11,752

2022  
£’000

(0.2)p

Restated *
2021  
£’000

3.3p

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.8p

0.6p

2.3p

5.6p

2022  
£’000

109,813

–

594

110,407

81,231

81,231

29,176

28,582

2021  
£’000

107,892

2,543

(622)

109,813

81,231

81,231

28,582

26,661

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

91

13. Goodwill continued
Goodwill acquired in a business is allocated, at acquisition, to the cash-generating units (CGUs) that are expected to benefit from 
the business combination. The carrying amount of goodwill has been allocated as follows:

Student Information Systems (SIS)

Education Services (ES)

2022 
 £’000

25,642

3,534

29,176

2021 
 £’000

25,048

3,534

28,582

Goodwill is reviewed at least annually for impairment by comparing the recoverable amount of each cash generating unit (CGU) 
with the goodwill, intangible assets and property, plant and equipment allocated to that CGU. 

The recoverable amount of a CGU is determined based on value in use calculations. These calculations use risk adjusted cash 
flow projections based on the financial budget approved by management for the period to 31 December 2023. The budget 
was prepared based on past experience, strategic plans and management’s expectation for the markets in which they operate 
including adjustments for known contract ends, contract related inflationary increases and planned cost savings. The budget was 
extrapolated over a five-year period in line with previous calculations and to give greater clarity on future cash flows. The growth 
assumption is 2% per annum for SIS (2021: 2%) and 2% for ES (2021: 2%). Cash flows beyond the budget and extrapolation 
period were calculated into perpetuity using the same growth rates. These growth rates are in line with the expected average UK 
economy long-term growth rate. 

The cash flows projections are discounted at a pre-tax discount rate of 10.9% (2021: 10.8%). The single discount rate, which 
is consistently applied for both CGUs, is determined with reference to internal measures and available industry information and 
reflects specific risks relevant to the Group. 

Impairment testing inherently involves a number of judgemental areas, including the preparation of cash flow forecasts for 
periods that are beyond the normal requirements of management reporting; the assessment of the discount rate appropriate to 
the Group and the estimation of the future revenue and expenditure of each CGU. Accordingly, management undertook stress 
testing to understand the key sensitivities and concluded as follows: 

A rise in discount rate to 32% and 210% would trigger an impairment in SIS and ES respectively. A decline in growth rate of 
EBITDA (22%) in SIS and (43.8%) in ES would result in an impairment. Management does not consider these changes possible 
but considers a slight increase in discount rate to 12% and zero growth may be possible as a result of the current economic 
environment. As a result of the analysis, there is headroom of £106.3 million and £9.7 million in SIS and ES respectively. 

As a result, management does not believe a reasonably possible change in the key assumptions may cause impairment. 

92

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedStrategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

14. Other intangible assets

Acquired
Customer 
contracts & 
relationships 
£’000

8,620

1,289

–

–

 Acquired
Software 
£’000

10,293

2,305

–

–

Cost

At 1 January 2021

Acquisitions

Additions

Disposals

Exchange differences

(365)

(156)

Acquired 
intellectual 
property 
£’000

1,873

–

–

–

–

Development 
costs
 £’000

Business 
systems 
£’000

Software 
licenses 
£’000

5,319

1,489

43,619

1,237

10,224

(905)

(162)

–

–

(4,496)

(5)

818

(30)

75

Total 
£’000

71,213

4,831

10,224

(5,401)

(689)

–

–

–

(1)

At 31 December 2021 
and 1 January 2022

Adjustments 

Additions

Disposals

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2022

349

12,582

Amortisation

12,233

9,753

1,873

54,013

–

–

–

–

–

–

149

9,902

–

–

–

–

23

10,294

(9,171)

155

1,873

55,314

1,488

80,178

–

–

(7)

10,369

(793)

(1,445)

(11,409)

5

75

1

44

659

79,790

At 1 January 2021

8,141

6,299

734

25,255

4,920

1,488

46,837

Acquisitions

Charge for the year

Disposals

529

–

–

–

418

–

Exchange differences

(365)

(111)

–

75

–

–

809

141

–

–

366

933

–

(155)

26,399

1,160

(9,058)

156

8,305

628

350

9,283

–

6,606

470

–

113

7,189

950

18,657

3,299

3,928

2,713

3,147

923

1,064

36,657

27,614

–

24

(4,315)

(5)

624

20

(644)

–

–

75

194

–

1

–

(1)

366

1,980

(4,315)

(637)

1,488

–

44,231

2,419

(1,445)

(11,147)

1

44

–

–

620

36,123

43,667

35,947

At 31 December 2021  
and 1 January 2022

Charge for the year

Disposals

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2022

Carrying amount

At 31 December 2022

At 31 December 2021

Software, customer contracts and relationships and intellectual property that have arisen from acquisitions are amortised 
over their estimated useful lives, which are 3 to 8 years, 3 to 12 years, and 15 years respectively. The amortisation period for 
development costs incurred on the Group’s product development is 3 to 15 years, based on the expected life cycle of the product. 
Amortisation and impairment of development costs, amortisation for software, customer contracts and relationships, intellectual 
property, business systems and software licenses are all included within administrative expenses. 

Included within Business systems are finance systems with a carrying value of £0.1m (2021: £0.2m). Phase I of the D365 
implementation was fully written off in the year. The Veritas programme, which is part of a wider implementation of a new target 
operating model and processes to provide greater operating efficiencies and reporting functionalities across the Group, went live 
on 1 January 2023. £75,000 of costs have been capitalised and in line with IAS 38 £1,321,000 of costs have been expensed to the 
income statement (2021: £1,715,000). Business systems are amortised over 10 years.

In addition, a review of all business systems, development cost and software licences was undertaken in the year and £11.1m of 
fully depreciated assets have been written off as no longer in use.

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

93

14. Other intangible assets continued
The Group is required to test annually if there are any indicators of impairment. The recoverable amount is determined based 
on value in use calculations of identified CGUs. The use of this method requires the estimation of future cash flows and the 
determination of a discount rate in order to calculate the present value of the cash flows. 

A review of the Group’s capitalisation was undertaken resulting in £0.1m of AI development costs previously capitalised being 
written off.

The impairment testing allocates all assets relating to specific CGUs, including goodwill, other intangibles, property, plant and 
equipment and net current assets and liabilities. 

15. Property, plant and equipment

Cost

At 1 January 2021

Additions

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2021 and 1 January 2022

Additions

Disposals

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2022

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

At 1 January 2021

Charge for the year

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2021 and 1 January 2022

Charge for the year

Disposals

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2022

Net book value

At 31 December 2022

At 31 December 2021

Leasehold 
improvements 
£’000

Fixtures, fittings 
and other equipment 
£’000

3,153

5

(49)

3,109

316

(1,120)

39

2,344

2,851

108

(40)

2,919

123

(1,104)

35

1,973

371

190

6,260

558

(121)

6,697

400

(6,211)

110

996

5,493

542

(110)

5,925

500

(6,203)

101

323

673

772

Total 
£’000

9,413

563

(170)

9,806

716

(7,331)

149

3,340

8,344

650

(150)

8,844

623

(7,307)

136

2,296

1,044

962

There are £2.3m (2021: £8.5m) cost of assets that are fully depreciated within property, plant and equipment.

A review of all assets was undertaken in the year and £7.3m of fully depreciated assets have been written off as no longer in use.

16. Trade and other receivables

Amounts receivable for the sale of services

Less: loss allowance

Other receivables

Prepayments

94

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

2022  
£’000

7,387

(194)

7,193

828

4,484

2021  
£’000

5,629

(187)

5,442

693

4,467

12,505

10,602

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedStrategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

The Group’s principal financial assets are cash and cash equivalents and trade and other receivables which represent the Group’s 
maximum exposure to credit risk in relation to financial assets. The Group’s credit risk is primarily related to its trade receivables.  
The credit risk on liquid funds is limited because the counterparties are banks with high credit ratings assigned by international 
credit rating agencies.

All receivables are due within one year in both current and prior years.

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates to their fair value.

Trade receivables

Trade receivables are measured at amortised cost. The average credit terms on sales is 30 days (2021: 30 days). The Group sells 
the majority of its services to the public sector or related bodies and institutions, and as such there is a low incidence of default 
experience.

Of the total trade receivables balance at the end of the year there were two customers (2021: three) who held balances 
outstanding of more than 5% (2022: £1.6m; 2021: £1.2m). The average age of receivables is 40 days (2021: 31 days).

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses using a lifetime expected credit loss 
allowance for trade receivables and accrued income. To measure expected credit losses on a collective basis, trade receivables 
and accrued income are grouped based on similar credit risk and ageing.

At 31 December 2022 the lifetime expected loss allowance for trade receivables is as follows:

Current

30–60 days

60–90 days

90–180 days

180+ days

Total

Expected 
 loss rate

Gross carrying 
amount 
£’000

Loss provision  
£’000

1%

8%

39%

10%

16%

6,502

255

104

252

274

7,387

66

19

40

25

44

194

At 31 December 2021 the lifetime expected loss allowance for trade receivables is as follows:

Current

30–60 days

60–90 days

90–180 days

180+ days

Total

Movement in the impairment allowance for trade receivables is as follows:

Balance at the beginning of the year

IFRS 9 expected credit loss adjustment

Amounts written off during the year

Movements on unused amounts

Balance at the end of the year

Expected 
 loss rate

Gross carrying 
amount 
£’000

Loss provision  
£’000

1%

8%

33%

16%

36%

5,024

241

123

134

107

5,629

2022  
£’000

187

75

(12)

(56)

194

68

19

41

21

38

187

2021  
£’000

231

(34)

(81)

71

187

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

95

16. Trade and other receivables continued
Contract assets 

Contract assets are measured at amortised cost. Contract assets inherently have some contractual risks associated with them 
related to the specific and ongoing risks in each individual contract with a customer. These are subject to the expected credit loss 
impairment under IFRS 9.

Revenue provisions recognised in the income statement in respect of contract assets amount to £0.5m (2021: £0.7m).

17. Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents of £2.9m (2021: £5.9m) comprise cash held by the Group and short-term bank deposits with an original 
maturity of three months or less. The carrying amount of these assets approximates their fair value. 

The credit quality of cash at bank can be assessed by reference to external credit ratings. The Group has not changed its risk 
appetite during the year. The following table has been sourced from Moodys credit ratings.

Aa3

A1 

A2

A3

Baa2 

Cash and cash equivalents include the following for the purposes of the statement of cash flows:

Cash and cash equivalents

18. Trade and other payables

Current

Trade payables

Other taxation and social security

Other payables

Non-current

Other payables

Total

2022  
£’000

595

1,427

740

42

52

2,856

2022  
£’000

2,856

2022  
£’000

1,010

2,498

2,280

5,788

209

209

5,997

2021  
£’000

440

1,273

3,047

1,113

51

5,924

2021  
£’000

5,924

2021  
£’000

1,712

2,728

1,641

6,081

131

131

6,212

The average credit period taken for trade purchases is 10 days (2021: 17 days). For most suppliers, no interest is charged on 
the trade payables for the first 30 days from the date of invoice. Thereafter, in some cases, interest may be charged on the 
outstanding balances due to certain suppliers at various interest rates. The Group has financial risk management policies in place 
to ensure that all payables are paid within a reasonable time frame. The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and 
other payables approximates their fair value.

96

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedStrategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other payables are split as follows: 

Goods received not invoiced

Other creditors

2022  
£’000

712

1,568

2,280

2021  
£’000

826

815

1,641

19. Borrowings
The Group had a £2m committed overdraft facility in the UK and a AUD$2m committed overdraft facility in Australia, both facilities 
are committed for a 12-month rolling period ending August 2023 and October 2023 respectively. As at 31 December 2022, the 
Group had cash and cash equivalents of £2.9m (2021: £5.9m). At 31 December 2022 £0.1m of the UK overdraft was drawn.  

At the year-end there was £1.97m available but undrawn in respect of the UK overdraft facility (£35,000 had been drawn down) 
and $AUD2m available but undrawn in respect of the Australian overdraft facility. 

On 21 January 2020 the Group entered into a 3 year £10m multicurrency revolving facility with HSBC with the option to extend 
by a further 2 years, both of which have been exercised with the facility expiring in December 2024. On 20 February 2023, to 
manage the short-term working capital requirements, Tribal converted £7m of the £10m uncommitted accordion into its existing 
loan facility, increasing the total facility to £17m. The facility was put in place to cover general corporate and working capital 
requirements of the Group. During the year the full £8.5m was drawn down and £2.25m repaid, so as at 31 December 2022 £6.25m 
(2021: £nil) of the loan was utilised.

20. Provisions

At 1 January 2022

Net additions/(reductions) to provision

Unwinding of discount

Utilisation of provision

Exchange rate movement

At 31 December 2022

The provisions are split as follows:

2022

Within one year

After more than one year

Total

2021

Within one year

After more than one year

Total

Property 
related  
£’000

Deferred 
Contingent 
Consideration 
£’000

920

(67)

20

(58)

18

833

1,083

–

94

(994)

1

184

Onerous 
Contracts
£’000

–

4,497

–

–

–

Other 
£’000

153

5

–

–

5

Total 
£’000

2,156

4,435

114

(1,052)

24

4,497

163

5,677

Property 
related  
£’000

Deferred 
Contingent 
Consideration 
£’000

Onerous 
Contracts
£’000

Other  
£’000

Total 
 £’000

350

483

833

113

807

920

184

–

184

1,083

–

1,083

4,497

–

4,497

–

–

–

163

–

163

153

–

153

5,194

483

5,677

1,349

807

2,156

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

97

20. Provisions continued
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation as a result of a past event, and it is probable that the Group will 
be required to settle the obligation. Provisions are measured at the Directors’ best estimate of the expenditure required to settle 
the obligation at the balance sheet date, and are discounted to present value where the effect is material.

Property related provision relates to the estimated future dilapidation costs arising from exiting leasehold properties, under IAS 
37. This provision is discounted by property and is between 2.65% and 4.72%. 

Other provision relates to the recoverability of input VAT in the Philippines. This provision is not discounted.

Onerous contracts provision relates to a specific contract and represents the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under 
the contract that exceed the economic benefit expected to be received under it.

Deferred consideration reflects amounts in respect of the acquisitions of subsidiary undertakings payable over a period of up to 
2 years. Certain amounts are contingent upon the performance of the acquired entities with amounts reflecting management’s 
best estimate of the future profitability of those entities and the resultant payment due under the terms of the Sale and Purchase 
Agreement. The deferred consideration is discounted at 18%.

Deferred contingent consideration in 2022 reflects the remaining amount in respect of the acquisition of the assets of Eveoh 
BV. The amounts have been calculated upon the performance of the entities in the year to 31 December 2022 and the resultant 
payments are due under the Sale and Purchase Agreements. During 2022 payments totalling £430,000 were made. At 31 
December 2021 there was £564,000 of deferred contingent consideration due to the owners of Semestry Limited. During 2022 
this was fully paid.

The remaining deferred consideration for Eveoh is likely to be paid in 2022 and hence is all classified as current.

21. Deferred tax
The amounts provided for deferred tax and the amounts for which credit has been taken are set out below:

Deferred tax assets

Short-term timing differences

Share-based payments

Tax losses

Retirement benefit schemes

Deferred tax liabilities

Retirement benefit schemes

Depreciation in excess of capital allowances

Intangible assets

2022  
£’000

1,621

301

3,142

–

5,064

(19)

(1,385)

(1,526)

(2,930)

2,134

2021  
£’000

1,593

688

2,899

53

5,233

–

(1,143)

(1,810)

(2,953)

2,280

The Directors are of the opinion, based on currently available forecasts, that these timing differences will reverse in the near 
future and when they do there will be sufficient taxable profits to recognise the impact of this in the income statement. 
Accordingly, the Directors believe that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be recoverable.

The Group has recognised a deferred tax asset of £3,142,000 (2021: £2,899,000) on tax losses carried forward in the UK of 
£12,568,000 (2021: £13,072,000). The Group has losses of £1,092,000 (2021: £1,092,000) in the UK on which no deferred tax 
has been recognised. The Group and Company have no further unrecognised deferred tax assets or liabilities. No deferred tax 
assets have been recognised on the losses in Singapore which have arisen on the inclusion of the onerous contract provision.

98

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedStrategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

The movement in deferred tax during the year and prior year was as follows:

Temporary 
differences 
on non-
current 
assets 
£’000

Retirement  
defined 
benefit 
schemes 
£’000

Other  
temporary 
differences 
£’000

At 1 January 2021

Foreign exchange differences

Acquisitions

(Charge)/credit to income statement

Items taken directly to equity

Charge recognised in consolidated statement of comprehensive income

At 31 December 2021

Foreign exchange differences

(Charge)/credit to income statement

Items taken directly to equity

Credit recognised in consolidated statement of comprehensive income

At 31 December 2022

(309)

182

5

–

(839)

–

–

(1,143)

240

(482)

–

–

(1,385)

–

–

2

–

(131)

53

–

(6)

–

(66)

(19)

Total 
£’000

2,993

(15)

(732)

(26)

191

(131)

3,120

(20)

(732)

811

191

–

3,370

2,280

(208)

660

(284)

–

32

172

(284)

(66)

3,538

2,134

Included in other temporary differences are deferred tax assets of £3,142,000 (2021: £2,899,000) relating to tax losses carried 
forward and other timing differences of £1,922,000 (2021: £2,281,000). The balance also includes a deferred tax liability, in 
relation to intangible assets of £1,526,000 (2021: £1,810,000).

The (charge)/credit taken to the income statement for items in ‘other temporary differences’ is split as follows: Tax losses 
£243,000 (2021: £528,000); Intangible assets £283,000 (2021 £(137,000)); Share schemes £(103,000) (2021: £(171,000)); and 
other timing differences £237,000 (2021: £(249,000)).

The deferred tax assets are expected to be settled as follows: £408,000 less than 12 months from 31 December 2022 and 
£4,656,000 greater than 12 months from 31 December 2022. The deferred tax liabilities are all expected to reverse greater than 
12 months from 31 December 2022.

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

99

22. Share-based payments
The Group recognised the following charges/(credit) related to equity-settled share-based payment transactions:

2019 SAYE

LTIPs awarded in 2022

LTIPs awarded in 2021

LTIPs awarded in 2020 (2 year vesting)

LTIPs awarded in 2020

LTIPs (incorporating the CSOP) awarded in 2019

LTIPs (incorporating the CSOP) awarded in 2018

LTIPs (incorporating the CSOP) awarded in 2017

Total

2022 
£’000

23

158

66

185

47

141

–

–

620

2021 
£’000

40

–

66

485

270

175

47

(31)

1,052

Awards made to eligible employees under the LTIP schemes are nil cost options with an award period of three years, unless stated.

2019 SAYE

The 2019 SAYE Scheme is open to all UK employees, giving them the opportunity to participate in the future growth of the 
Company via share option arrangements.

Eligible employees were invited to subscribe for options over Ordinary Shares of 5p of the Company with an exercise price of 58.2 
pence, a 10% discount to the closing average market price of the Ordinary Shares from 3 September 2019 to 5 September 2019. 
The options have a contract start date of 1 November 2019 and are exercisable between 1 November 2022 and 30 April 2023. 
During 2022 167,216 options were exercised by employees.

LTIPs awarded in 2022

New awards in 2022 to Mark Pickett (317,647) and Diane McIntyre (235,294) will vest equally over the next 3 years. These awards 
were granted subject to performance conditions based on the Group’s Adjusted Operating Profit for the years ended 31 December 
2022, 2023 and 2024. During 2022 184,314 options lapsed as the 2022 performance condition was not met.

Eligible employees on the Executive Board received 294,117 awards under the LTIP Scheme. These will vest equally over the next 
three years. These awards were granted subject to performance conditions based on the Group’s Adjusted Operating Profit for the 
years ended 31 December 2022, 2023 and 2024. During 2022 98,039 options lapsed as the 2022 performance condition was not 
met.

In addition 100,592 options were granted to eligible employees under the LTIP Scheme. These awards were granted subject to 
specific contractual conditions and had to be exercised before 31 December 2022. During the year these options were exercised.

LTIPs awarded in 2021 

New awards in 2021 to Mark Pickett (275,510) and Diane McIntyre (204,081) will vest equally over the next 3 years. These awards 
were granted subject to performance conditions based on the Group’s Adjusted Operating Profit for the years ended 31 December 
2021, 2022 and 2023. During 2022 159,864 options lapsed as the 2022 performance condition was not met.

LTIPs awarded in 2020 

New awards in 2020 to Mark Pickett (482,143) will vest equally over the next 3 years. These awards were granted subject to 
performance conditions based on the Group’s Adjusted Operating Profit for the years ended 31 December 2020, 2021 and 2022. 
During 2022 160,714 options lapsed as the 2022 performance condition was not met.

Eligible employees on the Executive Board also received 1,876,000 awards under the LTIP Scheme. These will vest equally over the 
next three years. These awards were granted subject to performance conditions based on the Group’s Adjusted Operating Profit 
for the years ended 31 December 2020, 2021 and 2022. During 2022 446,667 options lapsed as the 2022 performance condition 
was not met.

In addition 1,920,000 options were granted to eligible employees under the LTIP Scheme. These awards were granted subject to 
time limit conditions. 50% of the options can be exercised from 1 July 2021 and 50% from 1 July 2022. During the year 193,000 
options were exercised.

100

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedStrategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

LTIPs awarded in 2019 (including the CSOP)

New awards in 2019 to Mark Pickett (760,563) will vest equally over the next three years. These awards were granted subject to 
performance conditions based on the Group’s Adjusted Operating Profit for the years ended 31 December 2019, 2020 and 2021. 
During 2020 44,011 options lapsed as part of the 2019 performance condition was not met. The remaining 716,552 options 
vested on 7 June 2022 and were exercised in August 2022.

Eligible employees received awards under the CSOP scheme on 7 June 2019 and on 16 September 2019. Those granted in June 
2019 can only be exercised after a three-year period if the share price is above 71p, and those granted in September 2019 can 
only be exercised after a three-year period if the share price is above 61.5p. The options met the three year vesting condition on 7 
June 2022 and 16 September 2022 respectively. During the year 345,435 options were exercised.

LTIPs awarded in 2018 (including the CSOP)

Eligible employees received awards under the CSOP scheme on 26 March 2018. These can only be exercised after a three-year 
period if the share price is above 79.6p. The options met the three-year vesting condition on 26 March 2021. During 2022 220,270 
options were exercised.

LTIPs awarded in 2017 (including the CSOP)

Awards in 2017 under the new CSOP scheme (as part of the 2010 LTIP Plan) can only be exercised after a three-year period and if 
the share price is above 80p. The options met the three-year vesting condition on 2 July 2020. During 2022 12,675 options were 
exercised.

LTIPs awarded in 2016

Awards in 2016, to eligible employees, vest according to a target share price. The amount of awards that will vest will range 
between 0% and 100% of those granted based on a target share price between 60p and 80p which could be met at any point over 
a three year period. These awards have now vested. During 2022 no options were exercised.

Options outstanding during the year are as follows:

LTIP – nil cost (2 years) LTIP – nil cost (3 years)

LTIP (inc CSOP)

SAYE

Number 
of options 
thousands

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price* 

Number 
of options 
thousands

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price* 

Number 
of options 
thousands

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price

Number 
of options 
thousands

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price

Outstanding at 1 January 2022

1,311

£0.05

3,229

£0.05

2,639

£0.73

877

£0.58

Exercised during the year

(193)

£0.05

(817)

£0.05

(566)

£0.75

(167)

£0.58

Granted during the year

Lapsed during the year

–

–

947

£0.05

–

–

–

–

(80)

£0.05

(1,185)

£0.05

(211)

£0.79

(106)

£0.58

Outstanding at 31 December 2022

Exercisable at 31 December 2022

1,038

1,038

£0.05

£0.05

Weighted average remaining contractual  
life (years)

7.5

–

2,174

75

7.6

£0.05

£0.05

1,861

1,861

£0.72

£0.72

–

5.7

–

604

604

0.3

£0.58

£0.58

–

Weighted average share price at date of 
exercise

–

£0.80

–

£0.78

–

£0.90

–

£0.66

*  

 Under Companies Act 2006 rules a nominal value must be paid to issue new shares, however under the rules of the LTIP and Matching Share Schemes the Company 
will pay the nominal value to the participants as a bonus.

Share options outstanding at the year-end have the following exercise prices: LTIP: £0.05, CSOP £0.80, £0.71 and £0.615 and 
SAYE £0.582.

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022 101

Type of grant

Share price

Exercise price

Expected 
dividend yield

Risk-free 
interest rate

Expected 
volatility

Term (years)

22. Share-based payments continued
The Group has used a Monte-Carlo valuation model for the LTIPs awarded in 2016 and an adjusted Black-Scholes valuation model 
for the 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 and 2022 LTIP awards (including the new CSOP plan) and 2019 SAYE in order to incorporate 
discount factors into the fair value to reflect the performance conditions of the LTIP grants. The following table sets out the 
information about how the fair value of the grants are calculated:

Date of grant

Type of grant

Share price

Exercise price

Expected dividend yield

Risk-free interest rate

Expected volatility

Term (years)

Option fair value

Expiry date 

28 June 2016

2 July 2017

26 March 2018

7 June 2019

7 June 2019

16 Sept 2019

LTIPs

£0.505

£0.05

0%

0.14%

68%

3.0

LTIPs (inc 
CSOP)

LTIPs (Inc 
CSOP)

£0.78

£0.80

0%

0.14%

61%

5.0

£0.796

£0.796

1%

0.14%

61%

5.0

£0.316

£0.407

£0.374

LTIPs

£0.71

£0.05

1.57%

1.04%

26%

5.0

£0.61

LTIPs (inc 
CSOP)

LTIPs (Inc 
CSOP)

£0.71

£0.71

1.57%

1.04%

26%

5.0

£0.32

£0.615

£0.615

1.79%

1.04%

26%

5.0

£0.28

27 June 2026

2 July 2027 26 March 2028

06 June 2029

06 June 2029

15 Sept 2029

No of options issued

3,591,020

3,535,000

3,975,000

760,563

2,600,000

No of options outstanding

75,000

100,000

450,000

–

1,011,385

300,000

300,000

Date of grant

1 October 2019

7 July 2020

7 July 2020*

28 June 2021

11 April 2022

26 May 2022 23 August 2022

SAYE

£0.647

£0.582

LTIPs

£0.56

£0.05

LTIPs

£0.59

£0.05

LTIPs

£0.98

£0.05

LTIPs

£0.92

£0.05

LTIPs

£0.91

£0.05

LTIPs

£0.845

£0.05

1.79%

2.12%

2.12%

2.28%

2.68%

2.68%

2.68%

1.04%

0.40%

0.40%

0.85%

2.02%

2.02%

2.02%

Option fair value

£0.108

24%

3.0

26%

5.0

£0.46

24%

2.0

£0.51

26%

5.0

£0.83

30%

5.0

£0.80

30%

5.0

£0.81

30%

0.33

£0.79

Expiry date

30 April 2023

06 July 2030

30 June 2030

28 June 2031

11 April 2032

26 May 2032

31 Dec 2022

No of options 
issued

No of options 
outstanding

1,116,879

2,358,143

1,920,000

479,591

552,941

294,117

100,592

603,538

1,214,762

1,038,000

319,727

368,627

196,078

–

* 

These awards have no market based performance conditions.

The expected term (the period from grant date to the estimated exercise date) used in the models has been adjusted, based on 
management’s best estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations. 

Expected volatility was determined by calculating the historical volatility of the Group’s share price over the term commensurate 
with the expected term immediately prior to the date of grant.

102

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedStrategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

23. Share capital

Allotted, called up and fully paid

At beginning of the year

Issued during the year

At end of the year

2022  
number

2022 
£’000

2021  
number

2021 
£’000

210,374,373

10,519

205,698,309

1,847,373

92

4,676,064

212,221,746

10,611

210,374,373

10,285

234

10,519

The Company has one class of Ordinary Shares of 5p each which carry no right to fixed income.

1,847,373 shares were issued during the year in order to satisfy exercises of share-based payment schemes. The exercise costs 
of 5p, 58.2p, 71p, 79.6p and 80p per share for the LTIPs resulted in cash receipts of £0.6m. 

24. Share premium 

At 1 January 2021

Issue of shares

At 31 December 2021 and 1 January 2022

Issue of shares

Capital reduction

At 31 December 2022

Share premium  
reserve 
£’000

15,951

3,010

18,961

481

(19,359)

83

On 27 September 2022 the High Court of Justice, in the Business and Property courts of England and Wales, approved the 
cancellation of the share premium account. On 4 October the statement of capital was delivered to the Registrar of Companies.

25. Other reserves 

At 1 January 2021

Transfer between reserves

Movement in relation to share-based payment 
(net)

Capital  
reserve 
£’000

9,545

–

–

Merger  
reserve 
 £’000

11,304

–

–

At 31 December 2021 and 1 January 2022

9,545

11,304

Transfer between reserves

Movement in relation to share-based payment 
(net)

–

–

–

–

At 31 December 2022

9,545

11,304

Own share  
reserve  
£’000

Share-based  
payment  
reserve 
 £’000

(856)

530

–

(326)

128

–

(198)

6,933

(530)

1,052

7,455

(128)

620

7,947

Total 
 £’000

26,926

–

1,052

27,978

–

620

28,598

The capital reserve of £9.5m (2021: £9.5m) resulted from a share exchange when Tribal Group plc was listed in February 2001.

The merger reserve of £11.3m (2021: £11.3m) relates to the premium arising on shares issued subject to the provisions of 
section 612 of the Companies Act 2006 (previously section 131 of the Companies Act 1985), net of cumulative goodwill 
impairment of £58.7m (2021: £58.7m) in respect of related acquisitions deemed to be impaired. 

The own share reserve of £0.2m (2021: £(0.3)m) represents the cost of 423,000 shares (2021: 318,692) in Tribal Group plc held 
by the Employee Share Ownership Trust (EBT) to satisfy certain options under the Group’s share option schemes. During 2022 
297,308 shares were purchased by the EBT, and 193,000 shares were sold to satisfy options granted in 2020 under the LTIP 
Scheme (see note 22).

The share-based payment reserve represents the reserve arising from the application of IFRS 2. 

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022 103

26. Leases
As a lessee

The Group’s leases represent land and buildings. Information about leases for which the Group is a lessee is presented below:

Right-of-use assets

Balance at 1 January

Additions to right-of-use assets

Depreciation charge for year

Disposals during the year

Exchange differences

Balance at 31 December

Lease liabilities

Maturity analysis 

Less than one year

One to five years

More than five years

Total undiscounted lease liabilities at 31 December

Current

Non-current

Lease liabilities included in the consolidated balance sheet at 31 December

Balance at 1 January

Additions

Lease payments

Interest expense

Disposals during the year

Exchange differences

Balance at 31 December

Amounts recognised in the consolidated income statement

Interest on lease liabilities

Interest received on leased assets

Depreciation on right-of-use assets

Expenses relating to short term leases

Expenses relating to leases of low-value assets

Amounts recognised in the consolidated cash flow statement

Interest on lease liabilities 

Principal lease payments

Total cash outflow for leases

104

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

2022
 £’000

2,309

1,040

(1,036)

(903)

25

1,435

2022  
£’000

761

744

–

1,505

728

721

1,449

2022
 £’000

2,327

823

(1,003)

60

(782)

24

1,449

2022
 £’000

60

(2)

1,036

49

16

1,159

60

(1,003)

943

2021
 £’000

3,342

445

(985)

(439)

(54)

2,309

2021
 £’000

931

1,301

215

2,447

878

1,449

2,327

2021
 £’000

3,571

262

(1,087)

85

(455)

(49)

2,327

2021
 £’000

85

(6)

985

54

25

1,143

85

(1,087)

1,002

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedStrategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

The Group has lease contracts for office properties in various countries that the Group operates in. Leases of office properties 
generally have lease terms between two and ten years. The Group’s obligations under its leases are secured by the lessor’s title 
to the leasehold properties. The Group has several lease contracts that include extension and termination options. These options 
are negotiated by management to provide flexibility in managing the leased-asset portfolio and align with the Group’s business 
needs. Management exercises judgement in determining whether these extension and termination options are reasonably certain 
to be exercised. As at 31 December 2022, management does not intend to exercise termination options (i.e., break clauses) in 
the existing leases. Total lease payments of £42,000 (2021: £31,000) were potentially avoidable had the Group exercised break 
clauses at the earliest opportunity.

The Group also has certain leases of office properties with lease terms of 12 months or less and leases of vehicles and office 
equipment with low value. The Group applies the ‘short-term lease’ and ‘lease of low-value assets’ recognition exemptions for  
these leases.

Lease payments for some property leases are subject to annual fixed increase. The total lease payments subject to annual fixed 
increase are £207,000 (2021: £405,000) compared to total lease payments of £1,003,000 (2021: £1,087,000).

As a lessor

Lease income from lease contracts in which the Group acts as a lessor is as below:

Finance income on the net investment in the lease

 During 2022 the Group sub-leased an office building and classified the sub-lease as a finance lease. 

Maturity analysis 

Less than one year

One to five years

Total undiscounted lease payments receivable at 31 December

Current

Non-current

Net investment in the lease at 31 December

2022
 £’000

29

2022  
£’000

50

71

121

47

70

117

2021
 £’000

52

2021
 £’000

–

–

–

–

–

–

27. Retirement benefit schemes
The Group operates a number of defined contribution and defined benefit pension schemes within individual subsidiaries and 
contributes to certain employees’ personal pension plans. The pension charge for the year ended 31 December 2022 was £2.0m 
(2021: £2.0m), of which £2.0m (2021: £2.0m) related to defined contribution schemes and £nil (2021: £nil) to defined benefit 
schemes. Contributions amounting to £0.3m (2021: £0.4m) were payable to the funds at the year end and are included in current 
liabilities.

Defined benefit schemes

At 31 December 2022, the Group operated two defined benefit pension schemes for the benefit of certain deferred employees 
of its subsidiaries in the UK. These schemes are administered by separate funds that are legally separated from the Company. 
The trustees of the pension funds are required by law to act in the interest of the funds and of all relevant stakeholders in the 
schemes. The trustees of the pension funds are responsible for the investment policy with regard to the assets of the funds. 

Scheme 1 – the Prudential Platinum Pension Fund

Tribal Education Limited, a Group subsidiary, participates in the Prudential Platinum Pension Fund (PPP), which is a defined benefit 
arrangement. This is a multi employer plan whereby the Company has no liability for other employers’ obligations. If there is any 
deficit on the wind up of the plan Tribal will augment the benefits payable on behalf of it’s members under an approved group 
income protection scheme. If there is any surplus on the wind up of the plan after all other payments have been made, this will be 
returned to the Company. The last full actuarial valuation of this scheme was carried out by a qualified independent actuary as at 
31 December 2021.

The Tribal Education section of the Prudential Platinum Pension Fund had three deferred members and two pensioners at the 
year-end. The weighted average duration of the Defined Benefit Obligation is 27 years (2021: 31 years). Employer contributions 
amounting to £53,000 were paid in the year ended 31 December 2022 (2021: £52,000). The accounting figures have been 
calculated using the valuation as at 31 December 2021, updated on an approximate basis to 31 December 2022 by a qualified 
independent actuary.

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022 105

27. Retirement benefit schemes continued
Scheme 2 – the Mercer DB Master Trust (formerly known as the Federated Pension Plan)

Tribal Education Limited, a Group subsidiary, participates in the Mercer DB Master Trust (MMT), which is a defined benefit 
arrangement. The Ofsted employees were transferred back to Ofsted in March 2017 and the plan closed to future accrual. The last 
full actuarial valuation of this scheme was carried out by a qualified independent actuary as at 5 April 2021.

The Tribal Education section of the Mercer DB Master Trust had 83 deferred members and 71 pensioners/dependents at the year-
end. The weighted average duration of the Defined Benefit Obligation is 16 years (2021: 23 years). The Company does not have 
an unqualified right to apply any surplus in the scheme either on a ongoing basis or upon winding-up of the plan. Consequently a 
surplus of £2,641,000 has not been recognised in these accounts. Employer contributions amounting to £69,000 were paid in 
the year ended 31 December 2022 (2021: £69,000). The accounting figures have been calculated using the valuation as at 5 April 
2021, updated on an approximate basis to 31 December 2022 by a qualified independent actuary.

The schemes are exposed to a number of risks, including:

• 

• 

• 

Investment risk: movement of discount rate used against the return from plans;

Interest rate risk: decreases/increases in the discount rate used will increase/decrease the defined benefit obligation; and

Longevity risk: changes in the estimation of the mortality rates of current and former employees.

•  The assets of the funds have been taken at market value and the actuarial assumptions used to calculate scheme liabilities 

under IAS 19 ‘Employee Benefits’ for both schemes are:

Inflation

Salary increases

Rate of discount

Pension in payment increases

2022  
% per annum

2021 
% per annum

2.30–3.30

2.50–3.50

–

4.75

–

1.9

2.30–3.30

2.50–3.50

The salary increase assumption is nil as both the MMT and PPP only have deferred and pensioner members.

The mortality assumptions adopted at 31 December 2022 imply the following life expectations: 

Aged 60 in 2022

Aged 60 in 2042

The mortality assumptions adopted at 31 December 2021 imply the following life expectations:

Aged 60 in 2021

Aged 60 in 2042

Males

87.3

88.8

Males

86.8

88.4

All assets are held in pooled investment vehicles. The analysis of these assets at the balance sheet date was as follows:

Equities

Corporate Bonds

Gilts

Alternative assets

Property

Cash

Total fair value of scheme assets

106

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

2022 
 £’000

2,013

1,670

122

2,278

2,014

34

8,131

Females

89.2

90.8

Females

88.9

90.5

2021 
 £’000

5,569

2,959

178

–

–

84

8,790

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedStrategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

All equities and corporate bonds are quoted on active markets. 

The sensitivities regarding the principal assumptions used to measure the schemes’ liabilities are set out below: 

Assumption

Discount rate

Rate of inflation

Rate of mortality

Change in assumption 

Impact on scheme liabilities

Increase by 0.5%

Increase by 0.5%

Increase by one year

Decrease by 8%

Increase by 8%

Increase by 2%

The above sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, 
this is unlikely to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. When calculating the sensitivity of the 
defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions the same method (present value of the defined benefit obligation 
calculated with the projected unit credit method at the end of the reporting period) has been applied as when calculating the 
pension liability recognised within the statement of financial position.

The methods and types of assumptions used in preparing the sensitivity analysis did not change compared to the previous period.

The amount included in the balance sheet arising from the Group’s obligation in respect of its defined benefit schemes is as 
follows:

Present value of defined benefit obligations

Fair value of scheme assets

Surplus/(deficit) in schemes

Surplus in scheme not recognised

Asset/(liability) recognised in the balance sheet

Reconciliation of opening and closing balances of the fair value of scheme assets:

Fair value of scheme assets at beginning of year

Expected return on assets

Actuarial (losses)/gains due to investment returns different from the return implied by the 
discount rate

Contributions by employer

Benefits paid

Administration expenses

Fair value of scheme assets at end of year

2022  
£’000

(5,418)

8,131

2,713

(2,641)

72

2022  
£’000

8,790

166

(736)

122

(118)

(93)

8,131

Reconciliation of opening and closing balances of the present value of the defined benefit obligations:

Defined benefit obligation at beginning of year

Interest cost

Actuarial loss – experience

Actuarial loss – demographic assumptions

Actuarial gain – financial assumptions

Benefits paid

Defined benefit obligation at end of year

2022  
£’000

9,005

170

258

14

(3,911)

(118)

5,418

2021  
£’000

(9,005)

8,790

(215)

–

(215)

2021  
£’000

8,267

115

503

121

(124)

(92)

8,790

2021  
£’000

9,225

129

10

30

(265)

(124)

9,005

The Group’s contribution rate for 2022 and 2021 for the Prudential Platinum Fund and for the Mercer DB Master Trust was 0%.

The Group expects to make contributions of £122,000 to the defined benefit schemes during the next financial year.

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022 107

27. Retirement benefit schemes continued
Analysis of amounts recognised in the consolidated income statement for the defined benefit schemes is as follows:

Administration expenses

Recognised in arriving at operating profit

Other finance costs/(income)

Interest on pension scheme liabilities

Expected return on pension scheme assets

Net finance expense

Total charge to income statement

Analysis of actuarial gains and losses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income:

Actual return less expected return on pension scheme assets

Experience losses arising on the scheme liabilities

Changes in assumptions underlying the present value of scheme liabilities

Surplus in scheme not recognised

Total actuarial gains recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income

2022  
£’000

93

93

170

(166)

4

97

2022
£’000

(736)

(258)

3,897

(2,641)

262

2021  
£’000

92

92

129

(115)

14

106

2021 
£’000

503

(10)

235

–

728

Cumulative actuarial gains in the year to 31 December 2022 recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income 
since 1 April 2004 are £97,000 (In the year to 31 December 2021: cumulative losses of £165,000). The history of experience 
adjustments is as follows: 

Present value of defined benefit obligations

Fair value of scheme assets

Surplus/(deficit) in the scheme

Experience adjustments arising on scheme 
assets:

Amount

Percentage of the scheme assets

Experience adjustments arising on scheme 
liabilities:

Amount

Percentage of the present value of the scheme 
liabilities

2022  
£’000

(5,418)

8,131

2,713

(736)

(9%)

(258)

5%

2021  
£’000

(9,005)

8,790

(215)

503

6%

(10)

–

2020 
£’000

(9,225)

8,267

(958)

493

6%

6

–

2019 
 £’000

(8,285)

7,745

(540)

812

10%

780

9%

2018 
 £’000

(7,848)

6,846

(1,002)

(593)

(9%)

98

1%

No assets are invested in the Group’s own financial instruments, properties or other assets used by the Group.

108

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedStrategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

28. Notes to the cash flow statement

Operating profit from continuing operations

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

Amortisation and impairment of other intangible assets

Share-based payments

Movement in contingent deferred consideration

Research and development tax credit

Net pension credit

Other non-cash items

Operating cash flows before movements in working capital

Increase in receivables

Increase in payables

Net cash from operating activities before tax

Net tax paid

Net cash from operating activities

Net cash from operating activities before tax can be analysed as follows:

Continuing operations 

29. Analysis of net (debt)/cash

Cash and cash equivalents

Overdrafts

Borrowings

Net (debt)/cash

Reconciliation of changes in net (debt)/ cash

Opening net cash

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

Borrowings (note 19)

Non-cash effect of foreign exchange rate changes

Closing net (debt)/cash

2022  
£’000

779

623

1,036

2,419

589

–

(177)

(29)

23

5,263

(808)

4,252

8,707

(2,601)

6,106

2022  
£’000

8,904

2022 
 £’000

2,891

(35)

(6,250)

(3,394)

2022  
£’000

5,924

(3,075)

(6,250)

7

(3,394)

2021  
£’000

8,888

650

985

1,980

1,078

(67)

(204)

(29)

874

14,155

(3,093)

4,472

15,534

(1,645)

13,889

2021 
£’000

15,534

2021 
 £’000

5,924

–

–

5,924

2021  
£’000

9,520

(3,430)

–

(166)

5,924

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022 109

30. Contingent liabilities
The Company and its subsidiaries have provided performance guarantees issued by its banks on its behalf, in the ordinary course 
of business, totalling £0.8m (2021: £1.2m). These are not expected to result in any material financial loss and the likelihood of 
using these guarantees is assessed as remote.

As disclosed in Note 34, Tribal Holdings Limited, Tribal Dynamics Limited, Tribal Dynamics Holdings Limited, Semestry Limited 
and International Graduate Insight Group Limited have taken advantage of the exemption available under Section 394A/479A of 
the Companies Act 2006 in respect of the requirements for audit. As a condition of the exemption, the Company has guaranteed 
the year-end liabilities of these subsidiaries until they are settled in full. The liabilities of the subsidiaries at the year-end were 
£64,309,000 (2021: £60,736,000). These are inclusive of intercompany liabilities of £60,963,120 (2021: £58,340,634).

As disclosed in note 10, there has been some progress in the Group relief claim from Care UK for the year ended 31 March 2007, 
which resulted in management reducing the uncertain tax provision previously recognised by £1.3m. A provision of £0.1m still 
remains, this being calculated as the maximum adjustment that Tribal may have to pay. Correspondence to date from HMRC does 
not suggest that there will be any adjustment to the original claim Tribal submitted, however until the case is closed HMRC’s 
position could change. Following legal advice, Tribal signed a further standstill agreement until 31 December 2023 and the case is 
yet to be formally closed by HMRC.

The Group delivers complex multi-year projects which from time to time give rise to significant operational risks. Such risks 
may, in certain circumstances, lead to potential negotiations or disputes with customers which may give rise to consequential 
financial or commercial obligations or liabilities arising. The Group has a material contract which has been terminated with both 
parties reserving rights. The parties are required to participate in mediation in an attempt to achieve a resolution but the timing 
and outcome of that process and any private negotiations to that end is presently uncertain. It is possible that there may be a 
significant adverse financial impact on the Group, but as no financial demands have yet been enumerated, currently the Board 
cannot fully assess such potential impact. The range of any settlement is not disclosed as it could be prejudicial to the outcome.

31. Financial instruments

Capital risk management

The Group manages its capital to ensure the entities in the Group will be able to continue as going concern, while maximising 
the return to stakeholders through the optimisation of the debt and equity balance. The capital structure of the Group consists 
of cash and cash equivalents (see Note 17) and equity attributable to equity holders of the parent, comprising issued capital, 
reserves and retained earnings as disclosed in consolidated statement of changes in equity and Notes 23 to 25. 

Gearing ratio

The gearing ratio at the year-end is as follows:

Net (debt)/cash

Equity

Net (debt)/cash to equity ratio

Significant accounting policies

2022 
£’000

(3,394)

44,818

(7.6%)

2021 
£’000

5,924

46,340

12.8%

Details of the significant accounting policies and methods adopted, including the criteria for recognition, the basis of 
measurement and the basis on which income and expenses are recognised, in respect of each class of financial asset, financial 
liability and equity instrument are disclosed in Note 1 to the financial statements.

 Categories of financial instruments

The Directors consider that the book value of the financial assets and liabilities is equal to their fair value. 

Financial 
assets  
measured
 at amortised cost 
£’000

Financial 
 Liabilities  
measured
 at amortised cost 
£’000

Financial 
 Liabilities  
measured  
at FVTPL 
£’000

2,891

8,021

10,912

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total  
£’000

2,891

8,021

10,912

31 December 2022

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade receivables and other receivables*

110

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedStrategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Financial liabilities

Trade payables and other payables**

Overdrafts

Bank loans

Accruals

Deferred contingent consideration

31 December 2021

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade receivables and other receivables*

Financial liabilities

Trade payables and other payables**

Accruals

Deferred contingent consideration

–

–

–

–

–

–

3,290

35

6,250

8,622

–

18,197

–

–

–

–

184

184

Financial  
assets 
measured
 at amortised cost 
£’000

Financial
 Liabilities 
measured
 at amortised cost 
£’000

Financial  
Liabilities  
measured 
at FVTPL 
£’000

5,924

6,135

12,059

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

3,353

9,253

–

12,606

–

–

–

–

–

1,083

1,083

3,290

35

6,250

8,622

184

18,381

Total 
£’000

5,924

6,135

12,059

3,353

9,253

1,083

13,689

* 

Excluding amounts that relate to non-financial instruments of tax, prepayments and contract assets.

** 

Excluding amounts that relate to non-financial instruments of tax

The above tables have been stated at undiscounted values with the exception of the 2022 and 2021 contingent deferred 
consideration amounts. The undiscounted value of the contingent deferred consideration is £185,000 (2021: £1,267,000)  
versus a discounted value of £184,000 (2021: £1,083,000).

In addition the Group’s financial liabilities held at fair value, are categorised by the following valuation methodology:

• 

• 

• 

Level 1 : fair value derived from quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

Level 2 : fair value derived from observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1

Level 3 : fair value derived from inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data

31 December 2022

Financial liabilities at fair value

Deferred contingent consideration

31 December 2021

Financial liabilities at fair value

Deferred contingent consideration

Level 1
 £’000

Level 2
£’000

–

–

–

–

Level 1
 £’000

Level 2
£’000

–

–

–

–

Level 3 
£’000

184

184

Level 3 
£’000

1,083

1,083

Total 
£’000

184

184

Total 
£’000

1,083

1,083

For the movement in deferred contingent consideration please refer to note 20. There are no financial assets held at fair value 
(2021: £nil).

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022 111

 
31. Financial instruments continued 
Financial risk management objectives

Treasury management is led by the Group finance team, which is responsible for managing the Group’s exposure to financial risk.  
It operates within a defined set of policies and procedures reviewed and approved by the Board. This includes both foreign 
exchange risk and interest rate risk. The Group’s exposure to interest rate fluctuations on its interest-bearing assets and liabilities 
is selectively managed, using interest rate swaps where appropriate. This is an ongoing risk and the Board will continue with this 
policy. The Group does not enter into or trade financial instruments, including derivative financial instruments, for speculative 
purposes. No interest rate swaps were in place at 31 December 2022 (2021: none).

Market risk

As the Group’s international activities grow, its exposure to overseas markets also increases in non-core territories outside of the 
UK and Australasia. There have been no other significant changes to the Group’s exposure to market risk, or the manner in which it 
manages and measures the risk.

Foreign currency risk management

The Group undertakes an increasing number of transactions denominated in foreign currencies. Here, exposures to exchange rate 
fluctuations arise. Exchange rate exposures are managed within approved policy parameters and the Group enters into forward 
foreign exchange contracts where appropriate. No forward contracts were in place at 31 December 2022 (2021: none).

The carrying amounts of the Group’s foreign currency denominated monetary assets and monetary liabilities at the reporting date 
are as follows:

Euros

Australian dollar

United States dollar

Saudi Arabian riyal

New Zealand dollar

Canadian dollar

Philippine peso

United Arab Emirates dirham

Malaysian ringgit

Bahraini dinar

Singapore dollar

Assets

Liabilities

31 December 2022 
£’000

31 December 2021 
£’000

31 December 2022 
£’000

31 December 2021
£’000

806

1,267

1,413

138

413

32

58

50

760

88

36

333

2,051

1,212

89

671

78

185

931

424

207

926

5,061

7,107

1

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

141

142

1

13

262

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

55

331

Foreign currency sensitivity analysis

The Group is primarily exposed to the following currencies: US dollar, euro, Australian dollar, New Zealand dollar, Singapore dollar, 
Canadian dollar, United Arab Emirates dirham, Philippine peso, Bahraini dinar and Malaysian ringgit.

If sterling were to strengthen or weaken by 10% against the relevant foreign currencies, the balances in the table above would give 
rise to an increase/reduction in profit of £506,000 (2021: £738,000). This sensitivity analysis includes only outstanding foreign 
currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the period-end for a 10% change in foreign currency rates.

10% represents management’s assessment of the reasonably possible change in foreign exchange rates.

 Interest rate risk management

The Group is exposed to interest rate risk because entities hold cash deposits. Hedging activities are evaluated regularly to align 
with interest rate views and defined risk appetite, ensuring the most cost-effective hedging strategies are applied. There are no 
hedges in place as at 31 December 2022 (2021: nil).

The Group’s exposure to interest rates on financial assets and financial liabilities are detailed in the liquidity risk management 
section of this note.

Credit risk management

The Group’s principal financial assets are cash and cash equivalents and trade and other receivables. The Group’s credit risk is 
relatively low because a high proportion of trade and other receivables have a sovereign or close to sovereign rating. Of the total 
trade receivables balance at the end of the year there were two customers (2021: three) who held balances outstanding of more 
than 5% (2022 £1.6m; 2021: £1.2m).

112

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedStrategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Trade receivables and contract assets

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses which uses a lifetime expected loss 
allowance for all trade receivables and contract assets. 

To measure the expected credit losses, trade receivables and contract assets have been grouped based on shared credit risk 
characteristics and the days past due. The contract assets relate to unbilled work in progress and have substantially the same 
risk characteristics as the trade receivables for the same type of contracts. The Group has therefore concluded that the expected 
loss rates for trade receivables are a reasonable approximation of the loss rates for the contract assets. 

The expected loss rates are based on the payment profiles of sales over a period of 36 months before 31 December 2022 or 
31 December 2021 respectively and the corresponding historical credit losses experienced within this period. The historical 
loss rates are adjusted to reflect current and forward-looking information affecting the ability of the customers to settle 
the receivables. In the absence of any seasonality to the business, 2% increase in defaults was considered appropriate and 
supportable as the risk of credit losses is relatively low.

Before applying the expected loss rate percentage to each respective ageing category of trade receivables an assessment of 
specific customers has occurred and these amounts have been excluded from the general loss allowance. The expected credit 
loss for these customers is separately assessed (using the same logic as above) and relates to customers where the probability of 
default is higher.

On that basis, the loss allowance as at 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2021 was determined as follows for both trade 
receivables and contract assets:

31 December 2022 £’000

Current

30–60

61–90

91–180

Expected loss rate

Trade receivables

Contract assets

General loss allowance

1%

6,502

6,676

66

8%

255

–

19

39%

104

–

40

10%

252

–

25

31 December 2021 £’000

Current

30–60

61–90

91–180

Expected loss rate

Trade receivables

Contract assets

General loss allowance

1%

5,024

7,788

68

8%

241

–

19

33%

123

–

41

16%

134

–

21

180+

16%

274

–

44

180+

36%

107

–

38

 Total 

7,387

6,676

194

 Total 

5,629

7,788

187

The expected credit losses on trade receivables and contract assets have been calculated using the simplified approach.  
A reconciliation of closing loss allowances for trade receivables and contract assets as at 31 December 2022 to the opening loss 
allowances is in Note 16.

Impairment losses on trade receivables and contract assets are presented as net impairment losses within operating profit. 
Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited against the same line item.

Other financial assets at amortised cost

Other financial assets at amortised cost include, loans to related parties and key management personnel and other receivables.  
The loss allowance for other financial assets at amortised cost as at 31 December 2022 was £nil (2021: £nil).

Contract risk management

Contract assets inherently have some contractual risks associated with them related to the specific and ongoing risks in each 
individual contract with a customer.

Liquidity risk management

The Group manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate cash reserves and banking facilities, and by continuously monitoring  
forecast and actual cash flows. The Group has access to committed financing facilities; being a short-term UK overdraft facility 
of £2.0m and a short-term AUS overdraft facility of $2.0m. The total unused amount was £1.97m and $2.0m at the balance sheet 
date and no interest is being incurred on this balance (2021: £nil). The Group expects to meet its obligations from operating cash 
flows. The Group also had cash balances at 31 December 2022 of £2.9m (2021: £5.9m) as detailed in Note 17. Interest is received 
on this at applicable bank rates.

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022 113

31. Financial instruments continued
On 21 January 2020 the Group entered into a 3 year £10m multicurrency revolving facility with HSBC with the option to extend 
by a further 2 years, both of which have been exercised with the facility expiring in December 2024. On 20 February 2023, to 
manage the short-term working capital requirements, Tribal converted £7m of the £10m uncommitted accordion into its existing 
loan facility, increasing the total facility to £17m. The facility was put in place to cover general corporate and working capital 
requirements of the Group, as at 31 December 2022 £6.3m (2021: £nil) of the loan was utilised. 

32. Related party disclosures

Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and are 
not disclosed in this note. 

On 11 April 2022, Tribal Group plc (the Company) granted nil-cost options over a total of 552,941 Ordinary Shares (representing 
approximately 0.3% of the Company’s issued shares) to Mark Pickett (317,647) and Diane McIntyre (235,294) under the terms of 
its 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan. This award has been granted subject to performance conditions based on the Group’s Adjusted 
Operating Profit for the years ending 31 December 2022, 2023 and 2024. The options may not be exercised before 11 April 2025. 
During 2022 184,314 options lapsed as the 2022 performance condition was not met.

On 26 May 2022, Tribal Group plc (the Company) granted nil-cost options over a total of 294,117 Ordinary Shares (representing 
approximately 0.2% of the Company’s issued shares) to eligible employees on the Executive Board under the terms of its 2010 
Long-Term Incentive Plan. This award has been granted subject to performance conditions based on the Group’s Adjusted 
Operating Profit for the years ending 31 December 2022, 2023 and 2024. The options may not be exercised before 26 May 2025. 
During 2022 98,039 options lapsed as the 2022 performance condition was not met.

The remuneration of the key management personnel of the Group is set out below in aggregate for each of the categories 
specified in IAS 24 ‘Related Party Disclosures’. The members of the Group Board and the Group’s Executive Board are considered 
to be the key management personnel of the Group. 

Remuneration of key management personnel

Salaries and short-term employee benefits

Termination benefits

Share-based payments

2022  
£’000

2,601

202

302

3,105

2021  
£’000

2,524

26

732

3,282

Included within Directors’ salaries and short-term employee benefits are pension costs of £24,000 (2021: £26,000) in respect 
of accruals and payments made to one (2021: one) Director’s individual defined contribution pension schemes. Included within 
share-based payments are amounts paid on dividends on share options that have met performance conditions. Disclosures on 
Directors’ remuneration, share options, long-term incentive schemes, and pension contributions are contained in the Directors’ 
remuneration section within the audited part of the Remuneration report on pages 49 to 53 and form part of these audited 
financial statements. Arrangements with the Group’s pension schemes are set out in Note 27.

33. Post balance sheet events

In February 2023, to manage the short-term working capital requirements, Tribal converted £7m of the £10m uncommitted 
accordion into its existing loan facility, increasing the total facility to £17m.

Tribal received notification on 17 March 2023 that NTU has purported to terminate the contract and reserved its rights to claim 
damages. Tribal rejects NTU’s right to terminate and considers its purported termination a wrongful repudiation of the contract. 
Tribal has accepted NTU’s wrongful repudiation, elected to treat the contract as at an end and reserved its rights. The contract 
requires the parties to participate in mediation in an attempt to achieve a resolution.

Following the cessation of the NTU contract, no adjustment has been made to the 31 December 2022 financial statements as it is 
a non-adjusting event after the year end.

At 31 December 2022 the balance sheet included contract assets of £0.8m, refund liability of £0.9m and onerous contract 
provision of £4.5m recognised for future losses, representing the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the contract 
in excess of the expected economic benefits to be received in relation to the NTU contract. The outcome of the outcome of the 
mediation process will determine the subsequent treatment of the balances referred to above. 

114

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedStrategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

34. Subsidiaries
The Group consists of a Parent Company (limited by shares) Tribal Group plc, incorporated and domiciled in England and Wales 
and a number of subsidiaries held directly and indirectly by Tribal Group plc, which operate and are incorporated around the world. 
Tribal Education Limited operates branches in New Zealand, Hungary, and Abu Dhabi. Tribal Group Pty Limited operates a branch 
out of Singapore.

Tribal Group plc has guaranteed the liabilities of Tribal Holdings Limited, Tribal Dynamics Limited, Tribal Dynamics Holdings Limited, 
Semestry Limited and International Graduate Insight Group Limited in order that they qualify for the exemption from audit under  
Section 394A/479A of the Companies Act 2006 in respect of the year ended 31 December 2022.

Information about the composition of the Group at the end of the reporting period is as follows:

Proportion 
of Ordinary 
Shares held 
directly by 
Parent (%)

 Proportion 
of Ordinary 
Shares  
held by the 
Group (%)

100%

100%

Nature of business

Education related 
systems and solutions

Name of entity

Address of the registered office

Kings Orchard, 1 Queen Street, Bristol, BS2 0HQ, UK

Tribal Education 
 Limited

Tribal Holdings 
Limited

International 
Graduate Insight 
Group Limited

Tribal Dynamics 
Limited

Tribal Dynamics  
Holdings Limited

Semestry Limited

Semestry 
Netherlands BV

Human Edge Software 
Corporation PTY 
Limited

Kings Orchard, 1 Queen Street, Bristol, BS2 0HQ, UK

IP holding Company

100%

100%

Kings Orchard, 1 Queen Street, Bristol, BS2 0HQ, UK

Kings Orchard, 1 Queen Street, Bristol, BS2 0HQ, UK

Educational consultancy 
services

Education related 
systems and solutions

–

–

100%

100%

Kings Orchard, 1 Queen Street, Bristol, BS2 0HQ, UK

Dormant Company

100%

100%

Dundee One, River Court, 5 West Victoria Dock Road, 
Dundee, D1 3JT, UK

Lulofsstraat 55, Unit 39, The Hague, NL

Education related 
systems and solutions

Education related 
systems and solutions

100%

100%

100%

100%

G8 & 9 Glasshouse, 11 Mackey Street, 287-307 Melbourne 
Road, North Geelong, Victoria, 3215, Australia

Education related 
systems and solutions

–

–

–

–

100%

100%

100%

100%

Tribal Campus  
PTY Limited

Tribal Group  
PTY Limited

G8 & 9 Glasshouse, 11 Mackey Street, 287-307 Melbourne 
Road, North Geelong, Victoria, 3215, Australia

Education related 
systems and solutions

G8 & 9 Glasshouse, 11 Mackey Street, 287-307 Melbourne 
Road, North Geelong, Victoria, 3215, Australia

Education related 
systems and solutions

Callista Software 
Services PTY Limited

G8 & 9 Glasshouse, 11 Mackey Street, 287-307 Melbourne 
Road, North Geelong, Victoria, 3215, Australia

Education related 
systems and solutions

Tribal Middle East  
WLL Limited

Municipality 3457, Building 1398, Road 4626, Area 346, 
Sea Front, Manama, Kingdom of Bahrain

Education related 
systems and solutions

100%

100%

Tribal Group  
(Malaysia) SDN

Tribal Systems  
Canada Limited

Tribal Software 
Philippines, INC

12th floor, Menara Symphony, No 5, Jalan Professor  
Khoo Kay Kim, Seksyen 13, 46200 Petaling Jaya,  
Selangor Darul Ehsan, Malaysia

Education related 
systems and solutions

1750–1755 West Georgia Street, PO Box 11125, 
Vancouver, BC, V6E 3PE, Canada

Education related 
systems and solutions

Units 1001,1005,1006, 10th floor Cyberpod One, Eton 
Centris, Barangay Pinahan, Quezon City, Philippines 1100

Education related 
systems and solutions

Class Measures Inc

100 Tower Park Drive, Suite A, Woburn MA 01801, USA

Educational  
consultancy services

Class Measures 
Limited

Kings Orchard, 1 Queen Street, Bristol, BS2 0HQ, UK

Dormant Company

Tribal Group Asset  
Co Pty Limited

G8 & 9 Glasshouse, 11 Mackey Street, 287-307 Melbourne 
Road, North Geelong, Victoria, 3215, Australia

Dormant Company

–

–

–

–

–

–

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022 115

Company only Balance Sheet
As at 31 December 2022

Fixed assets

Investments

Right of use assets

Total fixed assets

Current assets

Debtors

Deferred tax assets

Cash at bank and in hand

Total current assets

Total assets

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

Net current liabilities

Total assets less current liabilities

Creditors: amounts falling due after one year

Net assets

Capital and reserves

Called up share capital

Share premium

Merger reserve

Own share reserve

Share-based payment reserve

Retained earnings:

At 1 January 

Transfer from share premium

Profit/(loss) for the year attributable to the owners

Equity dividend paid

Other changes in retained earnings

At 31 December 

Equity shareholders’ funds

Notes 35 to 45 form part of these financial statements.

Note

37

38

39

40

40

41

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

2022 
 £’000

85,173

174

85,347

2,568

1,142

–

3,710

89,057

(30,771)

(27,061)

58,286

(6,332)

51,954

10,611

83

11,304

(198)

7,947

2,365

19,359

3,276

(2,736)

(57)

22,207

2021 
 £’000

84,762

169

84,931

7,705

1,279

5

8,989

93,920

(43,534)

(34,545)

50,386

(108)

50,278

10,519

18,961

11,304

(326)

7,455

6,023

–

(1,230)

(2,505)

77

2,365

51,954

50,278

The financial statements on pages 116 to 123 of Tribal Group plc (registered number 04128850) were approved by the Board of 
Directors and authorised for issue on 23 March 2023. They were signed on its behalf by:

Richard Last 

Director   

Mark Pickett

Director

116

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

 
 
 
 
Company only Statement of Changes in Equity

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Called 
up share 
capital 
£’000

Note

Share 
premium 
£’000

Merger 
reserve 
£’000

Own share 
reserve 
£’000

Share-
based 
payment 
reserve 
£’000

Retained 
earnings 
£’000

Total 
equity 
£’000

At 1 January 2021

10,285

15,951

11,304

(856)

6,933

6,023

49,640

Loss and total comprehensive expense  
for the year

Issue of share capital

Share options exercised

Equity dividend paid

Credit to equity for share-based payments

Foreign exchange differences on  
share-based payments

Tax on credit to equity for  
share-based payments

23

11

22

22

–

234

3,010

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Contributions by and distributions to owners

234

3,010

At 1 January 2022

10,519

18,961

11,304

Profit and total comprehensive income  
for the year

Issue of share capital

Share options exercised

Share premium capital reduction

Equity dividend paid

Credit to equity for share-based payments

Foreign exchange differences on  
share-based payments

Tax on charge to equity for  
share-based payments

23

24

11

22

22

–

92

–

–

–

–

–

–

481

–

–

(19,359)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

530

(326)

–

–

–

–

–

–

530

(530)

(1,230)

(1,230)

–

–

3,244

–

–

(2,505)

(2,505)

1,078

(26)

–

–

1,078

(26)

–

77

77

522

(2,428)

1,868

7,455

2,365

50,278

–

–

128

(128)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

589

31

–

3,276

3,276

–

–

19,359

573

–

–

(2,736)

(2,736)

–

–

589

31

(57)

(57)

Contributions by and distributions to owners

92

(18,878)

–

At 31 December 2022

10,611

83

11,304

128

(198)

492

16,566

(1,600)

7,947

22,207

51,954

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022 117

Notes to the Company Balance Sheet

35. Significant accounting policies
Tribal Group plc is a public limited company incorporated and domiciled in England and Wales.

The separate financial statements of the Company are presented as required by the Companies Act 2006. The Company meets  
the definition of a qualifying entity under FRS 101 (Financial Reporting Standard 101) issued by the Financial Reporting Council.  
As permitted by FRS 101, the Company has taken advantage of the disclosure exemptions available under that standard in 
relation to share-based payment, financial instruments, capital management, presentation of comparative information in respect 
of certain assets, presentation of a cash flow statement and certain related party transactions.

Where required, equivalent disclosures are given in the consolidated financial statements.

The financial information has been prepared on the going concern and historical cost basis. The principal accounting policies 
adopted are the same as those set out in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements except as noted below.

Investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less, where appropriate, provisions for impairment.

36. Profit/(loss) for the year
As permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the Company has elected not to present its own profit and loss account 
for the year. The profit for the Company (before dividends paid) amounted to £3.3m (2021: loss of £1.2m). Dividends paid 
amounted to £2,736,000 (2021: £2,505,000). The independent auditors’ remuneration for audit services to the Company was 
£246,000 (2021: £186,000).

37. Investments

Cost

At 1 January 2021

Capital contribution relating to share-based payments

Acquisition of subsidiary

Additional investment in subsidiary

At 31 December 2021 and at 1 January 2022

Capital contribution relating to share-based payments

At 31 December 2022

Shares in subsidiary 
undertakings  
£’000

23,526

741

6,151

96

30,514

411

30,925

Long-term  
loans  
£’000

54,248

–

–

–

54,248

–

54,248

Total  
£’000

77,774

741

6,151

96

84,762

411

85,173

Long-term loans are treated as investments as they are non repayable.

As Tribal Group plc grants share options to employees in subsidiary companies, a notional capital contribution is created in the 
books of the relevant subsidiary undertaking. This is treated as an investment by Tribal Group plc.

The Directors have considered the value of the above investments and are satisfied that the aggregate value of each investment 
is not less than its carrying value. The investments in subsidiaries are all stated at cost less provision.

Details of the Company’s subsidiaries are given in nNote 34 to the consolidated financial statements.

118

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

38. Debtors

Amounts owed by Group undertakings

Other debtors

Current tax

2022  
£’000

2,167

347

54

2,568

2021  
£’000

7,472

233

–

7,705

All amounts owed by Group undertakings are unsecured and have no fixed repayment date. No interest is charged and amounts are 
repayable on demand. All debtors fall due within one year. 

The Company has applied the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses using a lifetime expected credit 
loss provision for Group receivables. The Parent Company has guarantees in place for its UK subsidiaries, and management have 
assessed each entity’s ability to repay amounts owed. As a result, no expected credit loss has been recognised.

39. Deferred tax asset

Deferred taxation 

At start of year

(Credit)/charge to income statement

Items taken directly to equity

At end of year

The deferred tax asset is analysed as follows:

Share schemes

Other temporary differences

2022  
£’000

1,279

(59)

(78)

1,142

2022  
£’000

81

1,061

1,142

2021  
£’000

878

356

45

1,279

2021  
£’000

194

1,085

1,279

Included in other temporary differences are deferred tax assets of £1,020,000 (2021: £1,047,000) relating to tax losses carried 
forward and other timing differences of £41,000 (2021: £38,000).

Deferred tax assets are all non-current assets.

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022 119

Notes to the Company Balance Sheet 

40. Creditors
Amounts falling due within one year

Amounts owed to Group undertakings

Trade and other creditors

Accruals

Lease liabilities

Bank overdraft

Contingent deferred consideration provision (see note 20)

2022  
£’000

29,875

82

448

93

89

184

30,771

2021  
£’000

41,778

161

425

87

–

1,083

43,534

All amounts owed to Group undertakings are unsecured and have no fixed repayment date. No interest is charged and amounts are 
repayable on demand.

Amounts falling due after one year

Lease liabilities

Borrowings

Other liabilities

41. Called up share capital

Allotted, called up and fully paid

At beginning of the year

Issued during the year

At end of the year

2022  
£’000

82

6,250

–

6,332

2022 
 number

2022  
£’000

2021 
 number

210,374,373

1,847,373

212,221,746

10,519

205,698,309

92

4,676,064

10,611

210,374,373

2021  
£’000

89

–

19

108

2021 
£’000

10,285

234

10,519

The Company has one class of Ordinary Shares of 5p each which carry no right to fixed income.

1,847,373 shares were issued during the year in order to satisfy exercises of share-based payment schemes. The exercise costs 
of 5p, 58.2p, 71p, 79.6p and 80p per share for the LTIPs resulted in cash receipts of £0.6m. 

120

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

 
Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Details of options in respect of shares outstanding at 31 December 2022 are as follows:

Employee share option schemes:

Number outstanding 
‘000

Exercise price 
payable

Date from which 
exercisable

2016 LTIP

2020 LTIP

2020 LTIP

2021 LTIP

2022 LTIP

2017 LTIP (inc CSOP)

2018 LTIP (inc CSOP)

2019 LTIP (inc CSOP)

2019 LTIP (inc CSOP)

2019 SAYE

Total Tribal Group plc share option schemes

75

1,215

1,038

320

565

3,213

100

450

1,011

300

1,861

604

5,678

£0.05

£0.05

£0.05

£0.05

£0.05

£0.80

£0.796

£0.71

June 2019

July 2023

July 2021

June 2024

April 2025

July 2020

March 2021

June 2022

£0.615

September 2022

£0.582

November 2022

Details of share-based payments are given in Note 22 to the consolidated financial statements.

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022 121

Notes to the Company Balance Sheet 

42. Share premium and other reserves

At 1 January 2021

Loss for the year

Issue of share capital

Equity dividend paid

Share options exercised

Charge to equity for share-based payments

Foreign exchange differences on share-based payments

Tax on charge to equity for share-based payments

Merger 
reserve  
£’000

11,304

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Share 
premium 
reserve 
 £’000

15,951

–

3,010

–

–

–

–

–

Own share 
reserve  
£’000

Share-based 
payment 
reserve  
£’000

(856)

6,933

–

–

–

530

–

–

–

–

–

–

(530)

1,078

(26)

–

At 31 December 2021 and 1 January 2022

11,304

18,961

(326)

7,455

Profit for the year

Issue of share capital

Share premium capital reduction

Equity dividend paid

Share options exercised

Charge to equity for share-based payments

Foreign exchange differences on share-based payments

Tax on charge to equity for share-based payments

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

481

(19,359)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

128

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(128)

589

31

–

Retained 
earnings
 £’000

6,023

(1,230)

–

(2,505)

–

–

–

77

2,365

3,276

–

19,359

(2,736)

–

–

–

(57)

At 31 December 2022

11,304

83

(198)

7,947

22,207

The merger reserve of £11.3m (2021: £11.3m) relates to the premium arising on shares issued subject to the provisions of 
section 612 of the Companies Act 2006.

On 27 September 2022 the High Court of Justice, in the Business and Property courts of England and Wales, approved the 
cancellation of the share premium account. On 4 October the statement of capital was delivered to the Registrar of Companies.

The own share reserve of £0.2m (2021: £(0.3)m) represents the cost of 423,000 shares (2021: 318,692) in Tribal Group plc held 
by the Employee Share Ownership Trust (EBT) to satisfy certain options under the Group’s share option schemes. During 2022 
297,308 shares were purchased by the EBT, and 193,000 shares were sold to satisfy options granted in 2020 under the LTIP 
Scheme (see note 22).

The retained earnings reserve is distributable.

43. Contingent liabilities
A cross-guarantee exists between Group companies in respect of bank facilities which was £nil as at 31 December 2022 (2021: £nil).

In addition the Company and its subsidiaries have provided performance guarantees issued by its bank on its behalf in the ordinary 
course of business, totalling £0.8m (2021: £1.2m). They are not expected to result in any material financial loss These are not 
expected to result in any material financial loss and the likelihood of using these guarantees is assessed as remote.

As disclosed in Note 34, Tribal Holdings Limited, Tribal Dynamics Limited, Tribal Dynamics Holdings Limited, Semestry Limited and 
International Graduate Insight Group Limited have taken advantage of the exemption available under Section 394A/ 479A of the 
Companies Act 2006 in respect of the requirements for audit. As a condition of the exemption, the Company has guaranteed the  
year-end liabilities of these subsidiaries until they are settled in full. The liabilities of the subsidiaries at the year-end were  
£64,309,000 (2021: £60,735,758). These are inclusive of intercompany liabilities of £16,675,082 (2021: £17,286,508).

122

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

44. Financial Instruments

All Company risks are aligned to those of the Group. Details of the risks relating to the Group are given in Note 31 to the 
consolidated  
financial statements.

31 December 2022

Financial assets

Debtors*

Financial liabilities

Overdrafts

Bank loans

Creditors

Deferred contingent consideration

31 December 2021

Financial assets

Cash

Debtors*

Financial liabilities

Creditors

Deferred contingent consideration

Financial assets 
measured at 
amortised cost
 £’000

Financial liabilities 
measured at 
amortised cost
 £’000

Financial liabilities 
measured at  
FVTPL  
£’000

2,167

2,167

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

89

6,250

30,498

–

36,837

–

 –

–

–

–

184

184

Financial 
assetsmeasured at 
amortised cost
 £’000

Financial liabilities 
measured at
 amortised cost
 £’000

Financial liabilities 
measured at  
FVTPL  
£’000

5

7,502

7,507

–

–

–

–

–

–

42,451

–

42,451

–

–

–

–

1,083

1,083

Total 
£’000

2,167

2,167

89

6,250

30,498

184

37,021

Total 
£’000

5

7,502

7,507

42,451

1,083

43,534

*  

Excluding amounts that relate to non-financial instruments of prepayments. 

45. Staff numbers and costs
The average monthly number of persons employed (including all Directors) under contracts of service by the Company during the 
year was as follows:

The aggregate payroll costs of these persons were as follows:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Other pension costs

Share option charge

2022 
 Number

5

2021 
 Number

5

2022 
 £’000

1,127

95

34

209

1,465

2021 
 £’000

1,034

81

32

387

1,534

Cost of Directors’ emoluments were incurred by the Company and are included in the Remuneration report on pages 49 to 53.

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022 123

Company Information

Tribal Group plc
Registered in England and Wales  
Company number: 04128850

Registered office 
Kings Orchard 
1 Queen Street 
Bristol 
BS2 0HQ

T: 0845 123 6001 
E: info@tribalgroup.com 
www.tribalgroup.com

Company Secretary
Diane McIntyre

Stockbrokers
Investec Bank plc  
2 Gresham Street 
London  
EC2V 7QP 

Financial adviser
Investec Bank plc 
30 Gresham Street 
London 
EC2V 7QP

Principal bankers 
Lloyds Bank  
PO Box 112 
Canon’s House  
Canon’s Way  
Bristol 
BS1 5LL 

Singer Capital Markets Limited 
1 Bartholomew Lane 
London 
EC2N 2AX

HSBC Bank 
3 Temple Quay 
Bristol 
BS1 6DZ

Independent auditors 
BDO LLP  
Bridgewater House  
Counterslip 
Bristol 
BS1 6BX

Solicitors
Taylor Wessing LLP 
5 New Street Square  
London  
EC4A 3TW

Registrars
Link Group 
10th floor 
Central Square 
29 Wellington Street 
Leeds 
LS1 4DL 

124

Tribal Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Company Information continued

E-communications
As an alternative to receiving documents through the post, shareholders can receive important information online, including 
annual and half-year reports and notices of meetings. Registering for e-communications also enables shareholders to obtain 
secure online access to personal shareholding details, change address details and check dividend payments.

To register for e-communications, please visit 
https://www.signalshares.com

Duplicate accounts
If you receive two or more copies of the Annual Report and Accounts and/or multiple cheques for each dividend payment, 
it means that you have more than one shareholder account.

To receive just one Annual Report and Accounts and one cheque for each dividend payment, please contact the Company’s 
registrars, Link Group, on 0371 664 0445, and ask for your accounts to be amalgamated.

(Calls are charged at the standard geographic rate and will vary by provider. If you are outside the United Kingdom, please call 
+44 371 664 0445. Calls outside the United Kingdom will be charged at the applicable international rate. We are open between 
8.00 am – 4.30pm, Monday to Friday excluding public holidays in England and Wales.)

Financial calendar
Annual General Meeting

30 May 2023

T

r

i

b

a

l

g

r

o

u

p

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

&

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

2

Tribal Group plc

Registered office 
Kings Orchard 
1 Queen Street 
Bristol 
BS2 0HQ

T: 0845 123 6001 
E: info@tribalgroup.com 
www.tribalgroup.com